| line |
stmt |
bran |
cond |
sub |
pod |
time |
code |
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*> inline.h |
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Copyright (C) 2012 by Larry Wall and others |
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* You may distribute under the terms of either the GNU General Public |
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* License or the Artistic License, as specified in the README file. |
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* This file contains tables and code adapted from |
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* https://bjoern.hoehrmann.de/utf-8/decoder/dfa/, which requires this |
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* copyright notice: |
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Copyright (c) 2008-2009 Bjoern Hoehrmann |
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of |
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in |
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to |
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies |
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do |
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
so, subject to the following conditions: |
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all |
|
22
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
copies or substantial portions of the Software. |
|
23
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR |
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, |
|
26
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE |
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER |
|
28
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, |
|
29
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE |
|
30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SOFTWARE. |
|
31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
33
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* This file is a home for static inline functions that cannot go in other |
|
34
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* header files, because they depend on proto.h (included after most other |
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* headers) or struct definitions. |
|
36
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
37
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Note also perlstatic.h for functions that can't or shouldn't be inlined, but |
|
38
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* whose details should be exposed to the compiler, for such things as tail |
|
39
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* call optimization. |
|
40
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
41
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Each section names the header file that the functions "belong" to. |
|
42
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/ |
|
43
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ------------------------------- av.h ------------------------------- */ |
|
45
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
47
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc_section $AV |
|
48
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc av_count |
|
49
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns the number of elements in the array C. This is the true length of |
|
50
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
the array, including any undefined elements. It is always the same as |
|
51
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
S>. |
|
52
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=cut |
|
54
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/ |
|
55
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE Size_t |
|
56
|
0
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_av_count(pTHX_ AV *av) |
|
57
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
58
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_AV_COUNT; |
|
59
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(SvTYPE(av) == SVt_PVAV); |
|
60
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
61
|
0
|
0
|
|
|
|
|
return AvFILL(av) + 1; |
|
62
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
63
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ------------------------------- av.c ------------------------------- */ |
|
65
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
67
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc av_store_simple |
|
68
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
69
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This is a cut-down version of av_store that assumes that the array is |
|
70
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
very straightforward - no magic, not readonly, and AvREAL - and that |
|
71
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C is not negative. This function MUST NOT be used in situations |
|
72
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
where any of those assumptions may not hold. |
|
73
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stores an SV in an array. The array index is specified as C. It |
|
75
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
can be dereferenced to get the C that was stored there (= C)). |
|
76
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
77
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note that the caller is responsible for suitably incrementing the reference |
|
78
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
count of C before the call. |
|
79
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Approximate Perl equivalent: C. |
|
81
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=cut |
|
83
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/ |
|
84
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
85
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE SV** |
|
86
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_av_store_simple(pTHX_ AV *av, SSize_t key, SV *val) |
|
87
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
88
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SV** ary; |
|
89
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_AV_STORE_SIMPLE; |
|
91
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(SvTYPE(av) == SVt_PVAV); |
|
92
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(!SvMAGICAL(av)); |
|
93
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(!SvREADONLY(av)); |
|
94
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(AvREAL(av)); |
|
95
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(key > -1); |
|
96
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
97
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ary = AvARRAY(av); |
|
98
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
99
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (AvFILLp(av) < key) { |
|
100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (key > AvMAX(av)) { |
|
101
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
av_extend(av,key); |
|
102
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ary = AvARRAY(av); |
|
103
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
104
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AvFILLp(av) = key; |
|
105
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} else |
|
106
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SvREFCNT_dec(ary[key]); |
|
107
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
108
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ary[key] = val; |
|
109
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return &ary[key]; |
|
110
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
111
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
112
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
113
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc av_fetch_simple |
|
114
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
115
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This is a cut-down version of av_fetch that assumes that the array is |
|
116
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
very straightforward - no magic, not readonly, and AvREAL - and that |
|
117
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C is not negative. This function MUST NOT be used in situations |
|
118
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
where any of those assumptions may not hold. |
|
119
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
120
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns the SV at the specified index in the array. The C is the |
|
121
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
index. If lval is true, you are guaranteed to get a real SV back (in case |
|
122
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
it wasn't real before), which you can then modify. Check that the return |
|
123
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
value is non-null before dereferencing it to a C. |
|
124
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
125
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The rough perl equivalent is C<$myarray[$key]>. |
|
126
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
127
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=cut |
|
128
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/ |
|
129
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
130
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE SV** |
|
131
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_av_fetch_simple(pTHX_ AV *av, SSize_t key, I32 lval) |
|
132
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
133
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_AV_FETCH_SIMPLE; |
|
134
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(SvTYPE(av) == SVt_PVAV); |
|
135
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(!SvMAGICAL(av)); |
|
136
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(!SvREADONLY(av)); |
|
137
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(AvREAL(av)); |
|
138
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(key > -1); |
|
139
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
140
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( (key > AvFILLp(av)) || !AvARRAY(av)[key]) { |
|
141
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return lval ? av_store_simple(av,key,newSV_type(SVt_NULL)) : NULL; |
|
142
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} else { |
|
143
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return &AvARRAY(av)[key]; |
|
144
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
145
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
146
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
147
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE void |
|
148
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_av_push_simple(pTHX_ AV *av, SV *val) |
|
149
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
150
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_AV_PUSH_SIMPLE; |
|
151
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(SvTYPE(av) == SVt_PVAV); |
|
152
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(!SvMAGICAL(av)); |
|
153
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(!SvREADONLY(av)); |
|
154
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(AvREAL(av)); |
|
155
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(AvFILLp(av) > -2); |
|
156
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
157
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(void)av_store_simple(av,AvFILLp(av)+1,val); |
|
158
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
159
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
160
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
161
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc av_new_alloc |
|
162
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
163
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This implements L> |
|
164
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and L>, which are the public API for this |
|
165
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
functionality. |
|
166
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
167
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Creates a new AV and allocates its SV* array. |
|
168
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
169
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This is similar to, but more efficient than doing: |
|
170
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
171
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AV *av = newAV(); |
|
172
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
av_extend(av, key); |
|
173
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
174
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The size parameter is used to pre-allocate a SV* array large enough to |
|
175
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
hold at least elements C<0..(size-1)>. C must be at least 1. |
|
176
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
177
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The C parameter controls whether or not the array is NULL |
|
178
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
initialized. |
|
179
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
180
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=cut |
|
181
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/ |
|
182
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
183
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE AV * |
|
184
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_av_new_alloc(pTHX_ SSize_t size, bool zeroflag) |
|
185
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
186
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AV * const av = newAV(); |
|
187
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SV** ary; |
|
188
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_AV_NEW_ALLOC; |
|
189
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(size > 0); |
|
190
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
191
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Newx(ary, size, SV*); /* Newx performs the memwrap check */ |
|
192
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AvALLOC(av) = ary; |
|
193
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AvARRAY(av) = ary; |
|
194
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AvMAX(av) = size - 1; |
|
195
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
196
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (zeroflag) |
|
197
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Zero(ary, size, SV*); |
|
198
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
199
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return av; |
|
200
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
201
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
202
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
203
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* remove (AvARRAY(av) - AvALLOC(av)) offset from empty array */ |
|
204
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
205
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE void |
|
206
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_av_remove_offset(pTHX_ AV *av) |
|
207
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
208
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_AV_REMOVE_OFFSET; |
|
209
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(AvFILLp(av) == -1); |
|
210
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SSize_t i = AvARRAY(av) - AvALLOC(av); |
|
211
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (i) { |
|
212
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AvARRAY(av) = AvALLOC(av); |
|
213
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AvMAX(av) += i; |
|
214
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef PERL_RC_STACK |
|
215
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Zero(AvALLOC(av), i, SV*); |
|
216
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
217
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
218
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
219
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
220
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
221
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ------------------------------- cv.h ------------------------------- */ |
|
222
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
223
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
224
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc_section $CV |
|
225
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc CvGV |
|
226
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns the GV associated with the CV C, reifying it if necessary. |
|
227
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
228
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=cut |
|
229
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/ |
|
230
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE GV * |
|
231
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_CvGV(pTHX_ CV *sv) |
|
232
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
233
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_CVGV; |
|
234
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
235
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return CvNAMED(sv) |
|
236
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
? Perl_cvgv_from_hek(aTHX_ sv) |
|
237
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
: ((XPVCV*)MUTABLE_PTR(SvANY(sv)))->xcv_gv_u.xcv_gv; |
|
238
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
239
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
240
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
241
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc CvDEPTH |
|
242
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns the recursion level of the CV C. Hence >= 2 indicates we are in a |
|
243
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
recursive call. |
|
244
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
245
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=cut |
|
246
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/ |
|
247
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE I32 * |
|
248
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_CvDEPTH(const CV * const sv) |
|
249
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
250
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_CVDEPTH; |
|
251
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(SvTYPE(sv) == SVt_PVCV || SvTYPE(sv) == SVt_PVFM); |
|
252
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
253
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return &((XPVCV*)SvANY(sv))->xcv_depth; |
|
254
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
255
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
256
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
257
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CvPROTO returns the prototype as stored, which is not necessarily what |
|
258
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
the interpreter should be using. Specifically, the interpreter assumes |
|
259
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
that spaces have been stripped, which has been the case if the prototype |
|
260
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
was added by toke.c, but is generally not the case if it was added elsewhere. |
|
261
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Since we can't enforce the spacelessness at assignment time, this routine |
|
262
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
provides a temporary copy at parse time with spaces removed. |
|
263
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
I is the start of the original buffer, I is the length of the |
|
264
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
prototype and will be updated when this returns. |
|
265
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/ |
|
266
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
267
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef PERL_CORE |
|
268
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE char * |
|
269
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
S_strip_spaces(pTHX_ const char * orig, STRLEN * const len) |
|
270
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
271
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SV * tmpsv; |
|
272
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
char * tmps; |
|
273
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tmpsv = newSVpvn_flags(orig, *len, SVs_TEMP); |
|
274
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tmps = SvPVX(tmpsv); |
|
275
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while ((*len)--) { |
|
276
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!isSPACE(*orig)) |
|
277
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*tmps++ = *orig; |
|
278
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
orig++; |
|
279
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
280
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*tmps = '\0'; |
|
281
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*len = tmps - SvPVX(tmpsv); |
|
282
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return SvPVX(tmpsv); |
|
283
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
284
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
285
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
286
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ------------------------------- iperlsys.h ------------------------------- */ |
|
287
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if ! defined(PERL_IMPLICIT_SYS) && defined(USE_ITHREADS) |
|
288
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
289
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Otherwise this function is implemented as macros in iperlsys.h */ |
|
290
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
291
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE bool |
|
292
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
S_PerlEnv_putenv(pTHX_ char * str) |
|
293
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
294
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_PERLENV_PUTENV; |
|
295
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
296
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ENV_LOCK; |
|
297
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool retval = putenv(str); |
|
298
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ENV_UNLOCK; |
|
299
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
300
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return retval; |
|
301
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
302
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
303
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
304
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
305
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ------------------------------- mg.h ------------------------------- */ |
|
306
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
307
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined(PERL_CORE) || defined(PERL_EXT) |
|
308
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* assumes get-magic and stringification have already occurred */ |
|
309
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE STRLEN |
|
310
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
S_MgBYTEPOS(pTHX_ MAGIC *mg, SV *sv, const char *s, STRLEN len) |
|
311
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
312
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(mg->mg_type == PERL_MAGIC_regex_global); |
|
313
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(mg->mg_len != -1); |
|
314
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (mg->mg_flags & MGf_BYTES || !DO_UTF8(sv)) |
|
315
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (STRLEN)mg->mg_len; |
|
316
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
else { |
|
317
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const STRLEN pos = (STRLEN)mg->mg_len; |
|
318
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Without this check, we may read past the end of the buffer: */ |
|
319
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (pos > sv_or_pv_len_utf8(sv, s, len)) return len+1; |
|
320
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return sv_or_pv_pos_u2b(sv, s, pos, NULL); |
|
321
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
322
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
323
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
324
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
325
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ------------------------------- pad.h ------------------------------ */ |
|
326
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
327
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined(PERL_IN_PAD_C) || defined(PERL_IN_OP_C) |
|
328
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE bool |
|
329
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
S_PadnameIN_SCOPE(const PADNAME * const pn, const U32 seq) |
|
330
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
331
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_PADNAMEIN_SCOPE; |
|
332
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
333
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* is seq within the range _LOW to _HIGH ? |
|
334
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* This is complicated by the fact that PL_cop_seqmax |
|
335
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* may have wrapped around at some point */ |
|
336
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (COP_SEQ_RANGE_LOW(pn) == PERL_PADSEQ_INTRO) |
|
337
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return FALSE; /* not yet introduced */ |
|
338
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
339
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (COP_SEQ_RANGE_HIGH(pn) == PERL_PADSEQ_INTRO) { |
|
340
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* in compiling scope */ |
|
341
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( |
|
342
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(seq > COP_SEQ_RANGE_LOW(pn)) |
|
343
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
? (seq - COP_SEQ_RANGE_LOW(pn) < (U32_MAX >> 1)) |
|
344
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
: (COP_SEQ_RANGE_LOW(pn) - seq > (U32_MAX >> 1)) |
|
345
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
) |
|
346
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE; |
|
347
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
348
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
else if ( |
|
349
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(COP_SEQ_RANGE_LOW(pn) > COP_SEQ_RANGE_HIGH(pn)) |
|
350
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
? |
|
351
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
( seq > COP_SEQ_RANGE_LOW(pn) |
|
352
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|| seq <= COP_SEQ_RANGE_HIGH(pn)) |
|
353
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
354
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
: ( seq > COP_SEQ_RANGE_LOW(pn) |
|
355
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
&& seq <= COP_SEQ_RANGE_HIGH(pn)) |
|
356
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
) |
|
357
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE; |
|
358
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
359
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
360
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
361
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
362
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ------------------------------- pp.h ------------------------------- */ |
|
363
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
364
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE Stack_off_t |
|
365
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_TOPMARK(pTHX) |
|
366
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
367
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEBUG_s(DEBUG_v(PerlIO_printf(Perl_debug_log, |
|
368
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
"MARK top %p %" IVdf "\n", |
|
369
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PL_markstack_ptr, |
|
370
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(IV)*PL_markstack_ptr))); |
|
371
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return *PL_markstack_ptr; |
|
372
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
373
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
374
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE Stack_off_t |
|
375
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_POPMARK(pTHX) |
|
376
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
377
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEBUG_s(DEBUG_v(PerlIO_printf(Perl_debug_log, |
|
378
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
"MARK pop %p %" IVdf "\n", |
|
379
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(PL_markstack_ptr-1), |
|
380
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(IV)*(PL_markstack_ptr-1)))); |
|
381
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert((PL_markstack_ptr > PL_markstack) || !"MARK underflow"); |
|
382
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
return *PL_markstack_ptr--; |
|
383
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
384
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
385
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
386
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc_section $rpp |
|
387
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
388
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc rpp_extend |
|
389
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ensures that there is space on the stack to push C items, extending it |
|
390
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if necessary. |
|
391
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
392
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=cut |
|
393
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/ |
|
394
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
395
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE void |
|
396
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_rpp_extend(pTHX_ SSize_t n) |
|
397
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
398
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_RPP_EXTEND; |
|
399
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
400
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EXTEND_HWM_SET(PL_stack_sp, n); |
|
401
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef STRESS_REALLOC |
|
402
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (UNLIKELY(_EXTEND_NEEDS_GROW(PL_stack_sp, n))) |
|
403
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
404
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
405
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(void)stack_grow(PL_stack_sp, PL_stack_sp, n); |
|
406
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
407
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
408
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
409
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
410
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
411
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc rpp_popfree_to |
|
412
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
413
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pop and free all items on the argument stack above C. On return, |
|
414
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C will be equal to C. |
|
415
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
416
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=cut |
|
417
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/ |
|
418
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
419
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE void |
|
420
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_rpp_popfree_to(pTHX_ SV **sp) |
|
421
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
422
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_RPP_POPFREE_TO; |
|
423
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
424
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(sp <= PL_stack_sp); |
|
425
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef PERL_RC_STACK |
|
426
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(rpp_stack_is_rc()); |
|
427
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while (PL_stack_sp > sp) { |
|
428
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SV *sv = *PL_stack_sp--; |
|
429
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SvREFCNT_dec(sv); |
|
430
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
431
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#else |
|
432
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PL_stack_sp = sp; |
|
433
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
434
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
435
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
436
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
437
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
438
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc rpp_popfree_to_NN |
|
439
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
440
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A variant of rpp_popfree_to() which assumes that all the pointers being |
|
441
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
popped off the stack are non-NULL. |
|
442
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
443
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=cut |
|
444
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/ |
|
445
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
446
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE void |
|
447
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_rpp_popfree_to_NN(pTHX_ SV **sp) |
|
448
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
449
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_RPP_POPFREE_TO_NN; |
|
450
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
451
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(sp <= PL_stack_sp); |
|
452
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef PERL_RC_STACK |
|
453
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(rpp_stack_is_rc()); |
|
454
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while (PL_stack_sp > sp) { |
|
455
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SV *sv = *PL_stack_sp--; |
|
456
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(sv); |
|
457
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SvREFCNT_dec_NN(sv); |
|
458
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
459
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#else |
|
460
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PL_stack_sp = sp; |
|
461
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
462
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
463
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
464
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
465
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
466
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc rpp_popfree_1 |
|
467
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
468
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pop and free the top item on the argument stack and update C. |
|
469
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
470
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=cut |
|
471
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/ |
|
472
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
473
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE void |
|
474
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_rpp_popfree_1(pTHX) |
|
475
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
476
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_RPP_POPFREE_1; |
|
477
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
478
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef PERL_RC_STACK |
|
479
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(rpp_stack_is_rc()); |
|
480
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SV *sv = *PL_stack_sp--; |
|
481
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SvREFCNT_dec(sv); |
|
482
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#else |
|
483
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PL_stack_sp--; |
|
484
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
485
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
486
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
487
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
488
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
489
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc rpp_popfree_1_NN |
|
490
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
491
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A variant of rpp_popfree_1() which assumes that the pointer being popped |
|
492
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
off the stack is non-NULL. |
|
493
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
494
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=cut |
|
495
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/ |
|
496
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
497
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE void |
|
498
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_rpp_popfree_1_NN(pTHX) |
|
499
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_RPP_POPFREE_1_NN; |
|
501
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
502
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(*PL_stack_sp); |
|
503
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef PERL_RC_STACK |
|
504
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(rpp_stack_is_rc()); |
|
505
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SV *sv = *PL_stack_sp--; |
|
506
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SvREFCNT_dec_NN(sv); |
|
507
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#else |
|
508
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PL_stack_sp--; |
|
509
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
510
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
511
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
512
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
513
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
514
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc rpp_popfree_2 |
|
515
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
516
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pop and free the top two items on the argument stack and update |
|
517
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C. |
|
518
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
519
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=cut |
|
520
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/ |
|
521
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
522
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
523
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE void |
|
524
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_rpp_popfree_2(pTHX) |
|
525
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
526
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_RPP_POPFREE_2; |
|
527
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
528
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef PERL_RC_STACK |
|
529
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(rpp_stack_is_rc()); |
|
530
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (int i = 0; i < 2; i++) { |
|
531
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SV *sv = *PL_stack_sp--; |
|
532
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SvREFCNT_dec(sv); |
|
533
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
534
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#else |
|
535
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PL_stack_sp -= 2; |
|
536
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
537
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
538
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
539
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
540
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
541
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc rpp_popfree_2_NN |
|
542
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
543
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A variant of rpp_popfree_2() which assumes that the two pointers being |
|
544
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
popped off the stack are non-NULL. |
|
545
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
546
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=cut |
|
547
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/ |
|
548
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
549
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
550
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE void |
|
551
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_rpp_popfree_2_NN(pTHX) |
|
552
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
553
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_RPP_POPFREE_2_NN; |
|
554
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef PERL_RC_STACK |
|
555
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SV *sv2 = *PL_stack_sp--; |
|
556
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(sv2); |
|
557
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SV *sv1 = *PL_stack_sp; |
|
558
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(sv1); |
|
559
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
560
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(rpp_stack_is_rc()); |
|
561
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U32 rc1 = SvREFCNT(sv1); |
|
562
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U32 rc2 = SvREFCNT(sv2); |
|
563
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* This expression is intended to be true if either of rc1 or rc2 has |
|
564
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* the value 0 or 1, but using only a single branch test, rather |
|
565
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* than the two branches that a compiler would plant for a boolean |
|
566
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* expression. We are working on the assumption that, most of the |
|
567
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* time, neither of the args to a binary function will need to be |
|
568
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* freed - they're likely to lex vars, or PADTMPs or whatever. |
|
569
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* So give the CPU a single branch that is rarely taken. */ |
|
570
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (UNLIKELY( !(rc1>>1) + !(rc2>>1) )) |
|
571
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* at least one of the old SVs needs freeing. Do it the long way */ |
|
572
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_rpp_free_2_(aTHX_ sv1, sv2, rc1, rc2); |
|
573
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
else { |
|
574
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SvREFCNT(sv1) = rc1 - 1; |
|
575
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SvREFCNT(sv2) = rc2 - 1; |
|
576
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
577
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PL_stack_sp--; |
|
578
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#else |
|
579
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PL_stack_sp -= 2; |
|
580
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
581
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
582
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
583
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
584
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
585
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc rpp_pop_1_norc |
|
586
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
587
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pop and return the top item off the argument stack and update |
|
588
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C. It's similar to rpp_popfree_1(), except that it actually |
|
589
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
returns a value, and it I decrement the SV's reference count. |
|
590
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
On non-C builds it actually increments the SV's reference |
|
591
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
count. |
|
592
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
593
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This is useful in cases where the popped value is immediately embedded |
|
594
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
somewhere e.g. via av_store(), allowing you skip decrementing and then |
|
595
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
immediately incrementing the reference count again (and risk prematurely |
|
596
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
freeing the SV if it had a RC of 1). On non-RC builds, the reference count |
|
597
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bookkeeping still works too, which is why it should be used rather than |
|
598
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
a simple C<*PL_stack_sp-->. |
|
599
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
600
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=cut |
|
601
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/ |
|
602
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
603
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE SV* |
|
604
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_rpp_pop_1_norc(pTHX) |
|
605
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
606
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_RPP_POP_1_NORC |
|
607
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
608
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SV *sv = *PL_stack_sp--; |
|
609
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
610
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef PERL_RC_STACK |
|
611
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SvREFCNT_inc(sv); |
|
612
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#else |
|
613
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(rpp_stack_is_rc()); |
|
614
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
615
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return sv; |
|
616
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
617
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
618
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
619
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
620
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
621
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc rpp_push_1 |
|
622
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc_item rpp_push_IMM |
|
623
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc_item rpp_push_2 |
|
624
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc_item rpp_xpush_1 |
|
625
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc_item rpp_xpush_IMM |
|
626
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc_item rpp_xpush_2 |
|
627
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
628
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Push one or two SVs onto the stack, incrementing their reference counts |
|
629
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and updating C. With the C variants, it extends the stack |
|
630
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
first. The C variants assume that the single argument is an immortal |
|
631
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
such as <&PL_sv_undef> and, for efficiency, will skip incrementing its |
|
632
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
reference count. |
|
633
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
634
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=cut |
|
635
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/ |
|
636
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
637
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE void |
|
638
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_rpp_push_1(pTHX_ SV *sv) |
|
639
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
640
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_RPP_PUSH_1; |
|
641
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
642
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*++PL_stack_sp = sv; |
|
643
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef PERL_RC_STACK |
|
644
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(rpp_stack_is_rc()); |
|
645
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SvREFCNT_inc_simple_void_NN(sv); |
|
646
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
647
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
648
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
649
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE void |
|
650
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_rpp_push_IMM(pTHX_ SV *sv) |
|
651
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
652
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_RPP_PUSH_IMM; |
|
653
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
654
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(SvIMMORTAL(sv)); |
|
655
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*++PL_stack_sp = sv; |
|
656
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef PERL_RC_STACK |
|
657
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(rpp_stack_is_rc()); |
|
658
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
659
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
660
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
661
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE void |
|
662
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_rpp_push_2(pTHX_ SV *sv1, SV *sv2) |
|
663
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
664
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_RPP_PUSH_2; |
|
665
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
666
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*++PL_stack_sp = sv1; |
|
667
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*++PL_stack_sp = sv2; |
|
668
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef PERL_RC_STACK |
|
669
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(rpp_stack_is_rc()); |
|
670
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SvREFCNT_inc_simple_void_NN(sv1); |
|
671
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SvREFCNT_inc_simple_void_NN(sv2); |
|
672
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
673
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
674
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
675
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE void |
|
676
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_rpp_xpush_1(pTHX_ SV *sv) |
|
677
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
678
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_RPP_XPUSH_1; |
|
679
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
680
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rpp_extend(1); |
|
681
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rpp_push_1(sv); |
|
682
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
683
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
684
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE void |
|
685
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_rpp_xpush_IMM(pTHX_ SV *sv) |
|
686
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
687
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_RPP_XPUSH_IMM; |
|
688
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
689
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rpp_extend(1); |
|
690
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rpp_push_IMM(sv); |
|
691
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
692
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
693
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE void |
|
694
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_rpp_xpush_2(pTHX_ SV *sv1, SV *sv2) |
|
695
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
696
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_RPP_XPUSH_2; |
|
697
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
698
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rpp_extend(2); |
|
699
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rpp_push_2(sv1, sv2); |
|
700
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
701
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
702
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
703
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
704
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc rpp_push_1_norc |
|
705
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
706
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Push C onto the stack without incrementing its reference count, and |
|
707
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
update C. On non-PERL_RC_STACK builds, mortalise too. |
|
708
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
709
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This is most useful where an SV has just been created and already has a |
|
710
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
reference count of 1, but has not yet been anchored anywhere. |
|
711
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
712
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=cut |
|
713
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/ |
|
714
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
715
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE void |
|
716
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_rpp_push_1_norc(pTHX_ SV *sv) |
|
717
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
718
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_RPP_PUSH_1; |
|
719
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
720
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*++PL_stack_sp = sv; |
|
721
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef PERL_RC_STACK |
|
722
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(rpp_stack_is_rc()); |
|
723
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#else |
|
724
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
sv_2mortal(sv); |
|
725
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
726
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
727
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
728
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
729
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
730
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc rpp_replace_1_1 |
|
731
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc_item rpp_replace_1_1_NN |
|
732
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc_item rpp_replace_1_IMM_NN |
|
733
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
734
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Replace the current top stack item with C, while suitably adjusting |
|
735
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
reference counts. Equivalent to rpp_popfree_1(); rpp_push_1(sv), but |
|
736
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
is more efficient and handles both SVs being the same. |
|
737
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
738
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The C<_NN> variant assumes that the pointer on the stack to the SV being |
|
739
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
freed is non-NULL. |
|
740
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
741
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The C variant is like the C<_NN> variant, but in addition, assumes |
|
742
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
that the single argument is an immortal such as <&PL_sv_undef> and, for |
|
743
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
efficiency, will skip incrementing its reference count. |
|
744
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
745
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=cut |
|
746
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/ |
|
747
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
748
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE void |
|
749
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_rpp_replace_1_1(pTHX_ SV *sv) |
|
750
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
751
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_RPP_REPLACE_1_1; |
|
752
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
753
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(sv); |
|
754
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef PERL_RC_STACK |
|
755
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(rpp_stack_is_rc()); |
|
756
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SV *oldsv = *PL_stack_sp; |
|
757
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*PL_stack_sp = sv; |
|
758
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SvREFCNT_inc_simple_void_NN(sv); |
|
759
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SvREFCNT_dec(oldsv); |
|
760
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#else |
|
761
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*PL_stack_sp = sv; |
|
762
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
763
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
764
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
765
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
766
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE void |
|
767
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_rpp_replace_1_1_NN(pTHX_ SV *sv) |
|
768
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
769
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_RPP_REPLACE_1_1_NN; |
|
770
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
771
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(sv); |
|
772
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(*PL_stack_sp); |
|
773
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef PERL_RC_STACK |
|
774
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(rpp_stack_is_rc()); |
|
775
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SV *oldsv = *PL_stack_sp; |
|
776
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*PL_stack_sp = sv; |
|
777
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SvREFCNT_inc_simple_void_NN(sv); |
|
778
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SvREFCNT_dec_NN(oldsv); |
|
779
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#else |
|
780
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*PL_stack_sp = sv; |
|
781
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
782
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
783
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
784
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
785
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE void |
|
786
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_rpp_replace_1_IMM_NN(pTHX_ SV *sv) |
|
787
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
788
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_RPP_REPLACE_1_IMM_NN; |
|
789
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
790
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(sv); |
|
791
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(SvIMMORTAL(sv)); |
|
792
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(*PL_stack_sp); |
|
793
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef PERL_RC_STACK |
|
794
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(rpp_stack_is_rc()); |
|
795
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SV *oldsv = *PL_stack_sp; |
|
796
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*PL_stack_sp = sv; |
|
797
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SvREFCNT_dec_NN(oldsv); |
|
798
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#else |
|
799
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*PL_stack_sp = sv; |
|
800
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
801
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
802
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
803
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
804
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
805
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc rpp_replace_2_1 |
|
806
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc_item rpp_replace_2_1_NN |
|
807
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc_item rpp_replace_2_IMM_NN |
|
808
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
809
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Replace the current top to stacks item with C, while suitably |
|
810
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
adjusting reference counts. Equivalent to rpp_popfree_2(); rpp_push_1(sv), |
|
811
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
but is more efficient and handles SVs being the same. |
|
812
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
813
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The C<_NN> variant assumes that the pointers on the stack to the SVs being |
|
814
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
freed are non-NULL. |
|
815
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
816
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The C variant is like the C<_NN> variant, but in addition, assumes |
|
817
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
that the single argument is an immortal such as <&PL_sv_undef> and, for |
|
818
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
efficiency, will skip incrementing its reference count. |
|
819
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=cut |
|
820
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/ |
|
821
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
822
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE void |
|
823
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_rpp_replace_2_1(pTHX_ SV *sv) |
|
824
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
825
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_RPP_REPLACE_2_1; |
|
826
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
827
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef PERL_RC_STACK |
|
828
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(rpp_stack_is_rc()); |
|
829
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* replace PL_stack_sp[-1] first; leave PL_stack_sp[0] in place while |
|
830
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* we free [-1], so if an exception occurs, [0] will still be freed. |
|
831
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/ |
|
832
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SV *oldsv = PL_stack_sp[-1]; |
|
833
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PL_stack_sp[-1] = sv; |
|
834
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SvREFCNT_inc_simple_void_NN(sv); |
|
835
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SvREFCNT_dec(oldsv); |
|
836
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
oldsv = *PL_stack_sp--; |
|
837
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SvREFCNT_dec(oldsv); |
|
838
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#else |
|
839
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*--PL_stack_sp = sv; |
|
840
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
841
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
842
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
843
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
844
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Private helper function for _NN and _IMM_NN variants. |
|
845
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Assumes sv has already had its ref count incremented, |
|
846
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* ready for being put on the stack. |
|
847
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Intended to be small and fast, since it's inlined into many hot parts of |
|
848
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* code. |
|
849
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/ |
|
850
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
851
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE void |
|
852
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_rpp_replace_2_1_COMMON(pTHX_ SV *sv) |
|
853
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
854
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
855
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(sv); |
|
856
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef PERL_RC_STACK |
|
857
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SV *sv2 = *PL_stack_sp--; |
|
858
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(sv2); |
|
859
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SV *sv1 = *PL_stack_sp; |
|
860
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(sv1); |
|
861
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
862
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*PL_stack_sp = sv; |
|
863
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(rpp_stack_is_rc()); |
|
864
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U32 rc1 = SvREFCNT(sv1); |
|
865
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U32 rc2 = SvREFCNT(sv2); |
|
866
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* This expression is intended to be true if either of rc1 or rc2 has |
|
867
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* the value 0 or 1, but using only a single branch test, rather |
|
868
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* than the two branches that a compiler would plant for a boolean |
|
869
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* expression. We are working on the assumption that, most of the |
|
870
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* time, neither of the args to a binary function will need to be |
|
871
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* freed - they're likely to lex vars, or PADTMPs or whatever. |
|
872
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* So give the CPU a single branch that is rarely taken. */ |
|
873
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (UNLIKELY( !(rc1>>1) + !(rc2>>1) )) |
|
874
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* at least one of the old SVs needs freeing. Do it the long way */ |
|
875
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_rpp_free_2_(aTHX_ sv1, sv2, rc1, rc2); |
|
876
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
else { |
|
877
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SvREFCNT(sv1) = rc1 - 1; |
|
878
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SvREFCNT(sv2) = rc2 - 1; |
|
879
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
880
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#else |
|
881
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*--PL_stack_sp = sv; |
|
882
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
883
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
884
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
885
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
886
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE void |
|
887
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_rpp_replace_2_1_NN(pTHX_ SV *sv) |
|
888
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
889
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_RPP_REPLACE_2_1_NN; |
|
890
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
891
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(sv); |
|
892
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef PERL_RC_STACK |
|
893
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SvREFCNT_inc_simple_void_NN(sv); |
|
894
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
895
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rpp_replace_2_1_COMMON(sv); |
|
896
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
897
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
898
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
899
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE void |
|
900
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_rpp_replace_2_IMM_NN(pTHX_ SV *sv) |
|
901
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
902
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_RPP_REPLACE_2_IMM_NN; |
|
903
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
904
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(sv); |
|
905
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(SvIMMORTAL(sv)); |
|
906
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rpp_replace_2_1_COMMON(sv); |
|
907
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
908
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
909
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
910
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
911
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc rpp_replace_at |
|
912
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
913
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Replace the SV at address sp within the stack with C, while suitably |
|
914
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
adjusting reference counts. Equivalent to C<*sp = sv>, except with proper |
|
915
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
reference count handling. |
|
916
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
917
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=cut |
|
918
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/ |
|
919
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
920
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE void |
|
921
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_rpp_replace_at(pTHX_ SV **sp, SV *sv) |
|
922
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
923
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_RPP_REPLACE_AT; |
|
924
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
925
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef PERL_RC_STACK |
|
926
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(rpp_stack_is_rc()); |
|
927
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SV *oldsv = *sp; |
|
928
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*sp = sv; |
|
929
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SvREFCNT_inc_simple_void_NN(sv); |
|
930
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SvREFCNT_dec(oldsv); |
|
931
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#else |
|
932
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*sp = sv; |
|
933
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
934
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
935
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
936
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
937
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
938
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc rpp_replace_at_NN |
|
939
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
940
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A variant of rpp_replace_at() which assumes that the SV pointer on the |
|
941
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
stack is non-NULL. |
|
942
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
943
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=cut |
|
944
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/ |
|
945
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
946
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE void |
|
947
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_rpp_replace_at_NN(pTHX_ SV **sp, SV *sv) |
|
948
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
949
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_RPP_REPLACE_AT_NN; |
|
950
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
951
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(sv); |
|
952
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(*sp); |
|
953
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef PERL_RC_STACK |
|
954
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(rpp_stack_is_rc()); |
|
955
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SV *oldsv = *sp; |
|
956
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*sp = sv; |
|
957
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SvREFCNT_inc_simple_void_NN(sv); |
|
958
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SvREFCNT_dec_NN(oldsv); |
|
959
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#else |
|
960
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*sp = sv; |
|
961
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
962
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
963
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
964
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
965
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
966
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc rpp_replace_at_norc |
|
967
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
968
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Replace the SV at address sp within the stack with C, while suitably |
|
969
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
adjusting the reference count of the old SV. Equivalent to C<*sp = sv>, |
|
970
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
except with proper reference count handling. |
|
971
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
972
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C's reference count doesn't get incremented. On non-C |
|
973
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
builds, it gets mortalised too. |
|
974
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
975
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This is most useful where an SV has just been created and already has a |
|
976
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
reference count of 1, but has not yet been anchored anywhere. |
|
977
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
978
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=cut |
|
979
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/ |
|
980
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
981
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE void |
|
982
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_rpp_replace_at_norc(pTHX_ SV **sp, SV *sv) |
|
983
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
984
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_RPP_REPLACE_AT_NORC; |
|
985
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
986
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef PERL_RC_STACK |
|
987
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(rpp_stack_is_rc()); |
|
988
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SV *oldsv = *sp; |
|
989
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*sp = sv; |
|
990
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SvREFCNT_dec(oldsv); |
|
991
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#else |
|
992
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*sp = sv; |
|
993
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
sv_2mortal(sv); |
|
994
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
995
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
996
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
997
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
998
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
999
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc rpp_replace_at_norc_NN |
|
1000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1001
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A variant of rpp_replace_at_norc() which assumes that the SV pointer on the |
|
1002
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
stack is non-NULL. |
|
1003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=cut |
|
1005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/ |
|
1006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE void |
|
1008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_rpp_replace_at_norc_NN(pTHX_ SV **sp, SV *sv) |
|
1009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
1010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_RPP_REPLACE_AT_NORC_NN; |
|
1011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1012
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(*sp); |
|
1013
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef PERL_RC_STACK |
|
1014
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(rpp_stack_is_rc()); |
|
1015
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SV *oldsv = *sp; |
|
1016
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*sp = sv; |
|
1017
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SvREFCNT_dec_NN(oldsv); |
|
1018
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#else |
|
1019
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*sp = sv; |
|
1020
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
sv_2mortal(sv); |
|
1021
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
1022
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
1023
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1024
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1025
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
1026
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc rpp_context |
|
1027
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1028
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Impose void, scalar or list context on the stack. |
|
1029
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First, pop C items off the stack, then when C is: |
|
1030
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C: return as-is. |
|
1031
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C: pop everything back to C |
|
1032
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C: move the top stack item (or C<&PL_sv_undef> if none) to |
|
1033
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C and free everything above it. |
|
1034
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1035
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=cut |
|
1036
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/ |
|
1037
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1038
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE void |
|
1039
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_rpp_context(pTHX_ SV **mark, U8 gimme, SSize_t extra) |
|
1040
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
1041
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_RPP_CONTEXT; |
|
1042
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(extra >= 0); |
|
1043
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(mark <= PL_stack_sp - extra); |
|
1044
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1045
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (gimme == G_LIST) |
|
1046
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
mark = PL_stack_sp - extra; |
|
1047
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
else if (gimme == G_SCALAR) { |
|
1048
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SV **svp = PL_stack_sp - extra; |
|
1049
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
mark++; |
|
1050
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (mark > svp) { |
|
1051
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* empty list (plus extra) */ |
|
1052
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rpp_popfree_to(svp); |
|
1053
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rpp_extend(1); |
|
1054
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*++PL_stack_sp = &PL_sv_undef; |
|
1055
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return; |
|
1056
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
1057
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* swap top and bottom list items */ |
|
1058
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SV *top = *svp; |
|
1059
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*svp = *mark; |
|
1060
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*mark = top; |
|
1061
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
1062
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rpp_popfree_to(mark); |
|
1063
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
1064
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1065
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1066
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1067
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1068
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
1069
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc rpp_try_AMAGIC_1 |
|
1070
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc_item rpp_try_AMAGIC_2 |
|
1071
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1072
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Check whether either of the one or two SVs at the top of the stack is |
|
1073
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
magical or a ref, and in either case handle it specially: invoke get |
|
1074
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
magic, call an overload method, or replace a ref with a temporary numeric |
|
1075
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
value, as appropriate. If this function returns true, it indicates that |
|
1076
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
the correct return value is already on the stack. Intended to be used at |
|
1077
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
the beginning of the PP function for unary or binary ops. |
|
1078
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1079
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=cut |
|
1080
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/ |
|
1081
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1082
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE bool |
|
1083
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_rpp_try_AMAGIC_1(pTHX_ int method, int flags) |
|
1084
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
1085
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return UNLIKELY((SvFLAGS(*PL_stack_sp) & (SVf_ROK|SVs_GMG))) |
|
1086
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
&& Perl_try_amagic_un(aTHX_ method, flags); |
|
1087
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
1088
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1089
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE bool |
|
1090
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_rpp_try_AMAGIC_2(pTHX_ int method, int flags) |
|
1091
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
1092
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return UNLIKELY(((SvFLAGS(PL_stack_sp[-1])|SvFLAGS(PL_stack_sp[0])) |
|
1093
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
& (SVf_ROK|SVs_GMG))) |
|
1094
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
&& Perl_try_amagic_bin(aTHX_ method, flags); |
|
1095
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
1096
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1097
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1098
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
1099
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc rpp_stack_is_rc |
|
1100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1101
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns a boolean value indicating whether the stack is currently |
|
1102
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
reference-counted. Note that if the stack is split (bottom half RC, top |
|
1103
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
half non-RC), this function returns false, even if the top half currently |
|
1104
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
contains zero items. |
|
1105
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1106
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=cut |
|
1107
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/ |
|
1108
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1109
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE bool |
|
1110
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_rpp_stack_is_rc(pTHX) |
|
1111
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
1112
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef PERL_RC_STACK |
|
1113
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return AvREAL(PL_curstack) && !PL_curstackinfo->si_stack_nonrc_base; |
|
1114
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#else |
|
1115
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 0; |
|
1116
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
1117
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1118
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
1119
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1120
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1121
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
1122
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc rpp_is_lone |
|
1123
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1124
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Indicates whether the stacked SV C (assumed to be not yet popped off |
|
1125
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
the stack) is only kept alive due to a single reference from the argument |
|
1126
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
stack and/or and the temps stack. |
|
1127
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1128
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This can used for example to decide whether the copying of return values |
|
1129
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in rvalue context can be skipped, or whether it shouldn't be assigned to |
|
1130
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in lvalue context. |
|
1131
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1132
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=cut |
|
1133
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/ |
|
1134
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1135
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE bool |
|
1136
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_rpp_is_lone(pTHX_ SV *sv) |
|
1137
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
1138
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef PERL_RC_STACK |
|
1139
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* note that rpp_is_lone() can be used in wrapped pp functions, |
|
1140
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* where technically the stack is no longer ref-counted; but because |
|
1141
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* the args are non-RC copies of RC args further down the stack, we |
|
1142
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* can't be in a *completely* non-ref stack. |
|
1143
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/ |
|
1144
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(AvREAL(PL_curstack)); |
|
1145
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
1146
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1147
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return SvREFCNT(sv) <= (U32)cBOOL(SvTEMP(sv)) |
|
1148
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef PERL_RC_STACK |
|
1149
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+ 1u |
|
1150
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
&& !SvIMMORTAL(sv) /* PL_sv_undef etc are never stealable */ |
|
1151
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
1152
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
; |
|
1153
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
1154
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1155
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1156
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
1157
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc rpp_invoke_xs |
|
1158
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1159
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Call the XS function associated with C. Wraps the call if necessary to |
|
1160
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
handle XS functions which are not aware of reference-counted stacks. |
|
1161
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1162
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=cut |
|
1163
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/ |
|
1164
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1165
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1166
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE void |
|
1167
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_rpp_invoke_xs(pTHX_ CV *cv) |
|
1168
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
1169
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_RPP_INVOKE_XS; |
|
1170
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1171
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef PERL_RC_STACK |
|
1172
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!CvXS_RCSTACK(cv)) |
|
1173
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_xs_wrap(aTHX_ CvXSUB(cv), cv); |
|
1174
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
else |
|
1175
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
1176
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CvXSUB(cv)(aTHX_ cv); |
|
1177
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
1178
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1179
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1180
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* for SvCANEXISTDELETE() macro in pp.h */ |
|
1181
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE bool |
|
1182
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_sv_can_existdelete(pTHX_ SV *sv) |
|
1183
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
1184
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Anything without tie magic is fine */ |
|
1185
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MAGIC *mg; |
|
1186
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if(!SvRMAGICAL(sv) || !(mg = mg_find(sv, PERL_MAGIC_tied))) |
|
1187
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return true; |
|
1188
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1189
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
HV *stash = SvSTASH(SvRV(SvTIED_obj(sv, mg))); |
|
1190
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return stash && |
|
1191
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
gv_fetchmethod_autoload(stash, "EXISTS", TRUE) && |
|
1192
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
gv_fetchmethod_autoload(stash, "DELETE", TRUE); |
|
1193
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
1194
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1195
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1196
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ----------------------------- regexp.h ----------------------------- */ |
|
1197
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1198
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* PVLVs need to act as a superset of all scalar types - they are basically |
|
1199
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* PVMGs with a few extra fields. |
|
1200
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* REGEXPs are first class scalars, but have many fields that can't be copied |
|
1201
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* into a PVLV body. |
|
1202
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
1203
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Hence we take a different approach - instead of a copy, PVLVs store a pointer |
|
1204
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* back to the original body. To avoid increasing the size of PVLVs just for the |
|
1205
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* rare case of REGEXP assignment, this pointer is stored in the memory usually |
|
1206
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* used for SvLEN(). Hence the check for SVt_PVLV below, and the ? : ternary to |
|
1207
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* read the pointer from the two possible locations. The macro SvLEN() wraps the |
|
1208
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* access to the union's member xpvlenu_len, but there is no equivalent macro |
|
1209
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* for wrapping the union's member xpvlenu_rx, hence the direct reference here. |
|
1210
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
1211
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* See commit df6b4bd56551f2d3 for more details. */ |
|
1212
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1213
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE struct regexp * |
|
1214
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_ReANY(const REGEXP * const re) |
|
1215
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
1216
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPV* const p = (XPV*)SvANY(re); |
|
1217
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1218
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_REANY; |
|
1219
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(isREGEXP(re)); |
|
1220
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1221
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return SvTYPE(re) == SVt_PVLV ? p->xpv_len_u.xpvlenu_rx |
|
1222
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
: (struct regexp *)p; |
|
1223
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
1224
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1225
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ------------------------------- utf8.h ------------------------------- */ |
|
1226
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1227
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
1228
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc_section $unicode |
|
1229
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/ |
|
1230
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1231
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE void |
|
1232
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_append_utf8_from_native_byte(const U8 byte, U8** dest) |
|
1233
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
1234
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Takes an input 'byte' (Latin1 or EBCDIC) and appends it to the UTF-8 |
|
1235
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* encoded string at '*dest', updating '*dest' to include it */ |
|
1236
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1237
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_APPEND_UTF8_FROM_NATIVE_BYTE; |
|
1238
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1239
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (NATIVE_BYTE_IS_INVARIANT(byte)) |
|
1240
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*((*dest)++) = byte; |
|
1241
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
else { |
|
1242
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*((*dest)++) = UTF8_EIGHT_BIT_HI(byte); |
|
1243
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*((*dest)++) = UTF8_EIGHT_BIT_LO(byte); |
|
1244
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
1245
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
1246
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1247
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE U8 * |
|
1248
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_bytes_to_utf8(pTHX_ const U8 *s, STRLEN *lenp) |
|
1249
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
1250
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return bytes_to_utf8_free_me(s, lenp, NULL); |
|
1251
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
1252
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1253
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE U8 * |
|
1254
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_bytes_to_utf8_temp_pv(pTHX_ const U8 *s, STRLEN *lenp) |
|
1255
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
1256
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void * free_me = NULL; |
|
1257
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U8 * converted = bytes_to_utf8_free_me(s, lenp, &free_me); |
|
1258
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1259
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (free_me) { |
|
1260
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SAVEFREEPV(free_me); |
|
1261
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
1262
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1263
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return converted; |
|
1264
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
1265
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1266
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE bool |
|
1267
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_utf8_to_bytes_new_pv(pTHX_ U8 const **s_ptr, STRLEN *lenp, void ** free_me) |
|
1268
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
1269
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* utf8_to_bytes_() is declared to take a non-const s_ptr because it may |
|
1270
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* change it, but NOT when called with PL_utf8_to_bytes_new_memory, so it |
|
1271
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* is ok to cast away const */ |
|
1272
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return utf8_to_bytes_((U8 **) s_ptr, lenp, free_me, |
|
1273
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PL_utf8_to_bytes_new_memory); |
|
1274
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
1275
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1276
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE bool |
|
1277
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_utf8_to_bytes_temp_pv(pTHX_ U8 const **s_ptr, STRLEN *lenp) |
|
1278
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
1279
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* utf8_to_bytes_() requires a non-NULL pointer, but doesn't use it when |
|
1280
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* called with PL_utf8_to_bytes_use_temporary */ |
|
1281
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void* dummy = NULL; |
|
1282
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1283
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* utf8_to_bytes_() is declared to take a non-const s_ptr because it may |
|
1284
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* change it, but NOT when called with PL_utf8_to_bytes_use_temporary, so |
|
1285
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* it is ok to cast away const */ |
|
1286
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return utf8_to_bytes_((U8 **) s_ptr, lenp, &dummy, |
|
1287
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PL_utf8_to_bytes_use_temporary); |
|
1288
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
1289
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1290
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE bool |
|
1291
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_utf8_to_bytes_overwrite(pTHX_ U8 **s_ptr, STRLEN *lenp) |
|
1292
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
1293
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* utf8_to_bytes_() requires a non-NULL pointer, but doesn't use it when |
|
1294
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* called with PL_utf8_to_bytes_overwrite */ |
|
1295
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void* dummy = NULL; |
|
1296
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1297
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return utf8_to_bytes_(s_ptr, lenp, &dummy, PL_utf8_to_bytes_overwrite); |
|
1298
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
1299
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1300
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
1301
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc valid_utf8_to_uvchr |
|
1302
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Like C>, but should only be called when it is |
|
1303
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
known that the next character in the input UTF-8 string C is well-formed |
|
1304
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(I, it passes C>. Surrogates, non-character code |
|
1305
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
points, and non-Unicode code points are allowed. |
|
1306
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1307
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=cut |
|
1308
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1309
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/ |
|
1310
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1311
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE UV |
|
1312
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_valid_utf8_to_uvchr(const U8 *s, STRLEN *retlen) |
|
1313
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
1314
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const UV expectlen = UTF8SKIP(s); |
|
1315
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const U8* send = s + expectlen; |
|
1316
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UV uv = *s; |
|
1317
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1318
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_VALID_UTF8_TO_UVCHR; |
|
1319
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1320
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (retlen) { |
|
1321
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*retlen = expectlen; |
|
1322
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
1323
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1324
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* An invariant is trivially returned */ |
|
1325
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (expectlen == 1) { |
|
1326
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return uv; |
|
1327
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
1328
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1329
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Remove the leading bits that indicate the number of bytes, leaving just |
|
1330
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* the bits that are part of the value */ |
|
1331
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
uv = NATIVE_UTF8_TO_I8(uv) & UTF_START_MASK(expectlen); |
|
1332
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1333
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Now, loop through the remaining bytes, accumulating each into the |
|
1334
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* working total as we go. (I khw tried unrolling the loop for up to 4 |
|
1335
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* bytes, but there was no performance improvement) */ |
|
1336
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (++s; s < send; s++) { |
|
1337
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
uv = UTF8_ACCUMULATE(uv, *s); |
|
1338
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
1339
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1340
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return UNI_TO_NATIVE(uv); |
|
1341
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1342
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
1343
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1344
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* This looks like 0x010101... */ |
|
1345
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# define PERL_COUNT_MULTIPLIER (~ (UINTMAX_C(0)) / 0xFF) |
|
1346
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1347
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* This looks like 0x808080... */ |
|
1348
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# define PERL_VARIANTS_WORD_MASK (PERL_COUNT_MULTIPLIER * 0x80) |
|
1349
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# define PERL_WORDSIZE sizeof(PERL_UINTMAX_T) |
|
1350
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# define PERL_WORD_BOUNDARY_MASK (PERL_WORDSIZE - 1) |
|
1351
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1352
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Evaluates to 0 if 'x' is at a word boundary; otherwise evaluates to 1, by |
|
1353
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* or'ing together the lowest bits of 'x'. Hopefully the final term gets |
|
1354
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* optimized out completely on a 32-bit system, and its mask gets optimized out |
|
1355
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* on a 64-bit system */ |
|
1356
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# define PERL_IS_SUBWORD_ADDR(x) (1 & ( PTR2nat(x) \ |
|
1357
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ( PTR2nat(x) >> 1) \ |
|
1358
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ( ( (PTR2nat(x) \ |
|
1359
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
& PERL_WORD_BOUNDARY_MASK) >> 2)))) |
|
1360
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1361
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
1362
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc is_utf8_invariant_string |
|
1363
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc_item is_utf8_invariant_string_loc |
|
1364
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc_item is_ascii_string |
|
1365
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc_item is_invariant_string |
|
1366
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1367
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
These each return TRUE if the first C bytes of the string C are the |
|
1368
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
same regardless of the UTF-8 encoding of the string (or UTF-EBCDIC encoding on |
|
1369
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBCDIC machines); otherwise they returns FALSE. That is, they return TRUE if |
|
1370
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
they are UTF-8 invariant. On ASCII-ish machines, all the ASCII characters and |
|
1371
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
only the ASCII characters fit this definition. On EBCDIC machines, the |
|
1372
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASCII-range characters are invariant, but so also are the C1 controls. |
|
1373
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1374
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If C is 0, it will be calculated using C, (which means if you |
|
1375
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
use this option, that C can't have embedded C characters and has to |
|
1376
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
have a terminating C byte). |
|
1377
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1378
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All forms except C have identical behavior. The |
|
1379
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
only difference with it is that it has an extra pointer parameter, C, into |
|
1380
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
which, if it isn't NULL, the location of the first UTF-8 variant character in |
|
1381
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
the C pointer will be stored upon failure. If all characters are UTF-8 |
|
1382
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
invariant, this function does not change the contents of C<*ep>. |
|
1383
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1384
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C is somewhat misleadingly named. |
|
1385
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C is preferred, as it indicates under what conditions |
|
1386
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
the string is invariant. |
|
1387
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1388
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C is misleadingly-named. On ASCII-ish platforms, the name |
|
1389
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
isn't misleading: the ASCII-range characters are exactly the UTF-8 invariants. |
|
1390
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
But EBCDIC machines have more UTF-8 invariants than just the ASCII characters, |
|
1391
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
so the name C is preferred. |
|
1392
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1393
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See also |
|
1394
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C> and C>. |
|
1395
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1396
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc_defn ARTm|bool|is_utf8_invariant_string|NN const U8 * const s|STRLEN len |
|
1397
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1398
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=cut |
|
1399
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1400
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/ |
|
1401
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1402
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define is_utf8_invariant_string(s, len) \ |
|
1403
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
is_utf8_invariant_string_loc(s, len, NULL) |
|
1404
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1405
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE bool |
|
1406
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_is_utf8_invariant_string_loc(const U8* const s, STRLEN len, const U8 ** ep) |
|
1407
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
1408
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const U8* send; |
|
1409
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const U8* x = s; |
|
1410
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1411
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_IS_UTF8_INVARIANT_STRING_LOC; |
|
1412
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1413
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (len == 0) { |
|
1414
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
len = strlen((const char *)s); |
|
1415
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
1416
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1417
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
send = s + len; |
|
1418
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1419
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef EBCDIC |
|
1420
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1421
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Do the word-at-a-time iff there is at least one usable full word. That |
|
1422
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* means that after advancing to a word boundary, there still is at least a |
|
1423
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* full word left. The number of bytes needed to advance is 'wordsize - |
|
1424
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* offset' unless offset is 0. */ |
|
1425
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ((STRLEN) (send - x) >= PERL_WORDSIZE |
|
1426
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1427
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* This term is wordsize if subword; 0 if not */ |
|
1428
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+ PERL_WORDSIZE * PERL_IS_SUBWORD_ADDR(x) |
|
1429
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1430
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* 'offset' */ |
|
1431
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- (PTR2nat(x) & PERL_WORD_BOUNDARY_MASK)) |
|
1432
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
1433
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1434
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Process per-byte until reach word boundary. XXX This loop could be |
|
1435
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* eliminated if we knew that this platform had fast unaligned reads */ |
|
1436
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while (PTR2nat(x) & PERL_WORD_BOUNDARY_MASK) { |
|
1437
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (! UTF8_IS_INVARIANT(*x)) { |
|
1438
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (ep) { |
|
1439
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*ep = x; |
|
1440
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
1441
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1442
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
1443
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
1444
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
x++; |
|
1445
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
1446
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1447
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Here, we know we have at least one full word to process. Process |
|
1448
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* per-word as long as we have at least a full word left */ |
|
1449
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
do { |
|
1450
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ((* (const PERL_UINTMAX_T *) x) & PERL_VARIANTS_WORD_MASK) { |
|
1451
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1452
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Found a variant. Just return if caller doesn't want its |
|
1453
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* exact position */ |
|
1454
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (! ep) { |
|
1455
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
1456
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
1457
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1458
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# if BYTEORDER == 0x1234 || BYTEORDER == 0x12345678 \ |
|
1459
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|| BYTEORDER == 0x4321 || BYTEORDER == 0x87654321 |
|
1460
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1461
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*ep = x + variant_byte_number(* (const PERL_UINTMAX_T *) x); |
|
1462
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(*ep >= s && *ep < send); |
|
1463
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1464
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
1465
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1466
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# else /* If weird byte order, drop into next loop to do byte-at-a-time |
|
1467
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
checks. */ |
|
1468
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1469
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
break; |
|
1470
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# endif |
|
1471
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
1472
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1473
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
x += PERL_WORDSIZE; |
|
1474
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1475
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} while (x + PERL_WORDSIZE <= send); |
|
1476
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
1477
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1478
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif /* End of ! EBCDIC */ |
|
1479
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1480
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Process per-byte. (Can't use libc functions like strpbrk() because |
|
1481
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* input isn't necessarily a C string) */ |
|
1482
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while (x < send) { |
|
1483
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (! UTF8_IS_INVARIANT(*x)) { |
|
1484
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (ep) { |
|
1485
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*ep = x; |
|
1486
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
1487
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1488
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
1489
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
1490
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1491
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
x++; |
|
1492
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
1493
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1494
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE; |
|
1495
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
1496
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1497
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* See if the platform has builtins for finding the most/least significant bit, |
|
1498
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* and which one is right for using on 32 and 64 bit operands */ |
|
1499
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if (__has_builtin(__builtin_clz) || PERL_GCC_VERSION_GE(3,4,0)) |
|
1500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# if U32SIZE == INTSIZE |
|
1501
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# define PERL_CLZ_32 __builtin_clz |
|
1502
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# endif |
|
1503
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# if defined(U64TYPE) && U64SIZE == INTSIZE |
|
1504
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# define PERL_CLZ_64 __builtin_clz |
|
1505
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# endif |
|
1506
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
1507
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if (__has_builtin(__builtin_ctz) || PERL_GCC_VERSION_GE(3,4,0)) |
|
1508
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# if U32SIZE == INTSIZE |
|
1509
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# define PERL_CTZ_32 __builtin_ctz |
|
1510
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# endif |
|
1511
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# if defined(U64TYPE) && U64SIZE == INTSIZE |
|
1512
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# define PERL_CTZ_64 __builtin_ctz |
|
1513
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# endif |
|
1514
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
1515
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1516
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if (__has_builtin(__builtin_clzl) || PERL_GCC_VERSION_GE(3,4,0)) |
|
1517
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# if U32SIZE == LONGSIZE && ! defined(PERL_CLZ_32) |
|
1518
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# define PERL_CLZ_32 __builtin_clzl |
|
1519
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# endif |
|
1520
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# if defined(U64TYPE) && U64SIZE == LONGSIZE && ! defined(PERL_CLZ_64) |
|
1521
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# define PERL_CLZ_64 __builtin_clzl |
|
1522
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# endif |
|
1523
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
1524
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if (__has_builtin(__builtin_ctzl) || PERL_GCC_VERSION_GE(3,4,0)) |
|
1525
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# if U32SIZE == LONGSIZE && ! defined(PERL_CTZ_32) |
|
1526
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# define PERL_CTZ_32 __builtin_ctzl |
|
1527
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# endif |
|
1528
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# if defined(U64TYPE) && U64SIZE == LONGSIZE && ! defined(PERL_CTZ_64) |
|
1529
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# define PERL_CTZ_64 __builtin_ctzl |
|
1530
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# endif |
|
1531
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
1532
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1533
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if (__has_builtin(__builtin_clzll) || PERL_GCC_VERSION_GE(3,4,0)) |
|
1534
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# if U32SIZE == LONGLONGSIZE && ! defined(PERL_CLZ_32) |
|
1535
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# define PERL_CLZ_32 __builtin_clzll |
|
1536
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# endif |
|
1537
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# if defined(U64TYPE) && U64SIZE == LONGLONGSIZE && ! defined(PERL_CLZ_64) |
|
1538
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# define PERL_CLZ_64 __builtin_clzll |
|
1539
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# endif |
|
1540
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
1541
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if (__has_builtin(__builtin_ctzll) || PERL_GCC_VERSION_GE(3,4,0)) |
|
1542
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# if U32SIZE == LONGLONGSIZE && ! defined(PERL_CTZ_32) |
|
1543
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# define PERL_CTZ_32 __builtin_ctzll |
|
1544
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# endif |
|
1545
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# if defined(U64TYPE) && U64SIZE == LONGLONGSIZE && ! defined(PERL_CTZ_64) |
|
1546
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# define PERL_CTZ_64 __builtin_ctzll |
|
1547
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# endif |
|
1548
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
1549
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1550
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined(WIN32) |
|
1551
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# include |
|
1552
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* MinGW warns that it ignores "pragma intrinsic". */ |
|
1553
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# if defined(_MSC_VER) |
|
1554
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# pragma intrinsic(_BitScanForward) |
|
1555
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# pragma intrinsic(_BitScanReverse) |
|
1556
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# if defined(_WIN64) |
|
1557
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# pragma intrinsic(_BitScanForward64) |
|
1558
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# pragma intrinsic(_BitScanReverse64) |
|
1559
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# endif |
|
1560
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# endif |
|
1561
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
1562
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1563
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* The reason there are not checks to see if ffs() and ffsl() are available for |
|
1564
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* determining the lsb, is because these don't improve on the deBruijn method |
|
1565
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* fallback, which is just a branchless integer multiply, array element |
|
1566
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* retrieval, and shift. The others, even if the function call overhead is |
|
1567
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* optimized out, have to cope with the possibility of the input being all |
|
1568
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* zeroes, and almost certainly will have conditionals for this eventuality. |
|
1569
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* khw, at the time of this commit, looked at the source for both gcc and clang |
|
1570
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* to verify this. (gcc used a method inferior to deBruijn.) */ |
|
1571
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1572
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Below are functions to find the first, last, or only set bit in a word. On |
|
1573
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* platforms with 64-bit capability, there is a pair for each operation; the |
|
1574
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* first taking a 64 bit operand, and the second a 32 bit one. The logic is |
|
1575
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* the same in each pair, so the second is stripped of most comments. */ |
|
1576
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1577
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef U64TYPE /* HAS_QUAD not usable outside the core */ |
|
1578
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1579
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE unsigned |
|
1580
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_lsbit_pos64(U64 word) |
|
1581
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
1582
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Find the position (0..63) of the least significant set bit in the input |
|
1583
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* word */ |
|
1584
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1585
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSUME(word != 0); |
|
1586
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1587
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If we can determine that the platform has a usable fast method to get |
|
1588
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* this info, use that */ |
|
1589
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1590
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# if defined(PERL_CTZ_64) |
|
1591
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# define PERL_HAS_FAST_GET_LSB_POS64 |
|
1592
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1593
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (unsigned) PERL_CTZ_64(word); |
|
1594
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1595
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# elif U64SIZE == 8 && defined(_WIN64) |
|
1596
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# define PERL_HAS_FAST_GET_LSB_POS64 |
|
1597
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1598
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
1599
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned long index; |
|
1600
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
_BitScanForward64(&index, word); |
|
1601
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (unsigned)index; |
|
1602
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
1603
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1604
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# else |
|
1605
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1606
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Here, we didn't find a fast method for finding the lsb. Fall back to |
|
1607
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* making the lsb the only set bit in the word, and use our function that |
|
1608
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* works on words with a single bit set. |
|
1609
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
1610
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Isolate the lsb; |
|
1611
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* https://stackoverflow.com/questions/757059/position-of-least-significant-bit-that-is-set |
|
1612
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
1613
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* The word will look like this, with a rightmost set bit in position 's': |
|
1614
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* ('x's are don't cares, and 'y's are their complements) |
|
1615
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* s |
|
1616
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* x..x100..00 |
|
1617
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* y..y011..11 Complement |
|
1618
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* y..y100..00 Add 1 |
|
1619
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* 0..0100..00 And with the original |
|
1620
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
1621
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* (Yes, complementing and adding 1 is just taking the negative on 2's |
|
1622
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* complement machines, but not on 1's complement ones, and some compilers |
|
1623
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* complain about negating an unsigned.) |
|
1624
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/ |
|
1625
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return single_1bit_pos64(word & (~word + 1)); |
|
1626
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1627
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# endif |
|
1628
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1629
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
1630
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1631
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# define lsbit_pos_uintmax_(word) lsbit_pos64(word) |
|
1632
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#else /* ! QUAD */ |
|
1633
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# define lsbit_pos_uintmax_(word) lsbit_pos32(word) |
|
1634
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
1635
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1636
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE unsigned /* Like above for 32 bit word */ |
|
1637
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_lsbit_pos32(U32 word) |
|
1638
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
1639
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Find the position (0..31) of the least significant set bit in the input |
|
1640
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* word */ |
|
1641
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1642
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSUME(word != 0); |
|
1643
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1644
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined(PERL_CTZ_32) |
|
1645
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# define PERL_HAS_FAST_GET_LSB_POS32 |
|
1646
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1647
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (unsigned) PERL_CTZ_32(word); |
|
1648
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1649
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#elif U32SIZE == 4 && defined(WIN32) |
|
1650
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# define PERL_HAS_FAST_GET_LSB_POS32 |
|
1651
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1652
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
1653
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned long index; |
|
1654
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
_BitScanForward(&index, word); |
|
1655
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (unsigned)index; |
|
1656
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
1657
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1658
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#elif defined(PERL_HAS_FAST_GET_LSB_POS64) |
|
1659
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# define PERL_HAS_FAST_GET_LSB_POS32 |
|
1660
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1661
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Unlikely, but possible for the platform to have a wider fast operation |
|
1662
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* but not a narrower one. But easy enough to handle the case by widening |
|
1663
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* the parameter size. */ |
|
1664
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return lsbit_pos64(word); |
|
1665
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1666
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#else |
|
1667
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1668
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return single_1bit_pos32(word & (~word + 1)); |
|
1669
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1670
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
1671
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1672
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
1673
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1674
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1675
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Convert the leading zeros count to the bit position of the first set bit. |
|
1676
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* This just subtracts from the highest position, 31 or 63. But some compilers |
|
1677
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* don't optimize this optimally, and so a bit of bit twiddling encourages them |
|
1678
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* to do the right thing. It turns out that subtracting a smaller non-negative |
|
1679
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* number 'x' from 2**n-1 for any n is the same as taking the exclusive-or of |
|
1680
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* the two numbers. To see why, first note that the sum of any number, x, and |
|
1681
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* its complement, x', is all ones. So all ones minus x is x'. Then note that |
|
1682
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* the xor of x and all ones is x'. */ |
|
1683
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define LZC_TO_MSBIT_POS_(size, lzc) ((size##SIZE * CHARBITS - 1) ^ (lzc)) |
|
1684
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1685
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef U64TYPE /* HAS_QUAD not usable outside the core */ |
|
1686
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1687
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE unsigned |
|
1688
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_msbit_pos64(U64 word) |
|
1689
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
1690
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Find the position (0..63) of the most significant set bit in the input |
|
1691
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* word */ |
|
1692
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1693
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSUME(word != 0); |
|
1694
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1695
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If we can determine that the platform has a usable fast method to get |
|
1696
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* this, use that */ |
|
1697
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1698
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# if defined(PERL_CLZ_64) |
|
1699
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# define PERL_HAS_FAST_GET_MSB_POS64 |
|
1700
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1701
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (unsigned) LZC_TO_MSBIT_POS_(U64, PERL_CLZ_64(word)); |
|
1702
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1703
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# elif U64SIZE == 8 && defined(_WIN64) |
|
1704
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# define PERL_HAS_FAST_GET_MSB_POS64 |
|
1705
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1706
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
1707
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned long index; |
|
1708
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
_BitScanReverse64(&index, word); |
|
1709
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (unsigned)index; |
|
1710
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
1711
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1712
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# else |
|
1713
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1714
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Here, we didn't find a fast method for finding the msb. Fall back to |
|
1715
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* making the msb the only set bit in the word, and use our function that |
|
1716
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* works on words with a single bit set. |
|
1717
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
1718
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Isolate the msb; http://codeforces.com/blog/entry/10330 |
|
1719
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
1720
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Only the most significant set bit matters. Or'ing word with its right |
|
1721
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* shift of 1 makes that bit and the next one to its right both 1. |
|
1722
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Repeating that with the right shift of 2 makes for 4 1-bits in a row. |
|
1723
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* ... We end with the msb and all to the right being 1. */ |
|
1724
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
word |= (word >> 1); |
|
1725
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
word |= (word >> 2); |
|
1726
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
word |= (word >> 4); |
|
1727
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
word |= (word >> 8); |
|
1728
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
word |= (word >> 16); |
|
1729
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
word |= (word >> 32); |
|
1730
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1731
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Then subtracting the right shift by 1 clears all but the left-most of |
|
1732
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* the 1 bits, which is our desired result */ |
|
1733
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
word -= (word >> 1); |
|
1734
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1735
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Now we have a single bit set */ |
|
1736
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return single_1bit_pos64(word); |
|
1737
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1738
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# endif |
|
1739
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1740
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
1741
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1742
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# define msbit_pos_uintmax_(word) msbit_pos64(word) |
|
1743
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#else /* ! QUAD */ |
|
1744
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# define msbit_pos_uintmax_(word) msbit_pos32(word) |
|
1745
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
1746
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1747
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE unsigned |
|
1748
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_msbit_pos32(U32 word) |
|
1749
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
1750
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Find the position (0..31) of the most significant set bit in the input |
|
1751
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* word */ |
|
1752
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1753
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSUME(word != 0); |
|
1754
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1755
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined(PERL_CLZ_32) |
|
1756
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# define PERL_HAS_FAST_GET_MSB_POS32 |
|
1757
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1758
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (unsigned) LZC_TO_MSBIT_POS_(U32, PERL_CLZ_32(word)); |
|
1759
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#elif U32SIZE == 4 && defined(WIN32) |
|
1760
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# define PERL_HAS_FAST_GET_MSB_POS32 |
|
1761
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1762
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
1763
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned long index; |
|
1764
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
_BitScanReverse(&index, word); |
|
1765
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (unsigned)index; |
|
1766
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
1767
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1768
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#elif defined(PERL_HAS_FAST_GET_MSB_POS64) |
|
1769
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# define PERL_HAS_FAST_GET_MSB_POS32 |
|
1770
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1771
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return msbit_pos64(word); /* Let compiler widen parameter */ |
|
1772
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1773
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#else |
|
1774
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1775
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
word |= (word >> 1); |
|
1776
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
word |= (word >> 2); |
|
1777
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
word |= (word >> 4); |
|
1778
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
word |= (word >> 8); |
|
1779
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
word |= (word >> 16); |
|
1780
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
word -= (word >> 1); |
|
1781
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return single_1bit_pos32(word); |
|
1782
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1783
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
1784
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1785
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
1786
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1787
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Note that if you are working through all the 1 bits in a word, and don't |
|
1788
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* care which order you process them in, it is better to use lsbit_pos. This |
|
1789
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* is because some platforms have a fast way to find the msb but not the lsb, |
|
1790
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* and others vice versa. The code above falls back to use the single |
|
1791
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* available fast method when the desired one is missing, and it is cheaper to |
|
1792
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* fall back from lsb to msb than the other way around */ |
|
1793
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1794
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if UVSIZE == U64SIZE |
|
1795
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# define msbit_pos(word) msbit_pos64(word) |
|
1796
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# define lsbit_pos(word) lsbit_pos64(word) |
|
1797
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#elif UVSIZE == U32SIZE |
|
1798
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# define msbit_pos(word) msbit_pos32(word) |
|
1799
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# define lsbit_pos(word) lsbit_pos32(word) |
|
1800
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
1801
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1802
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef U64TYPE /* HAS_QUAD not usable outside the core */ |
|
1803
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1804
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE unsigned |
|
1805
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_single_1bit_pos64(U64 word) |
|
1806
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
1807
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Given a 64-bit word known to contain all zero bits except one 1 bit, |
|
1808
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* find and return the 1's position: 0..63 */ |
|
1809
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1810
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# ifdef PERL_CORE /* macro not exported */ |
|
1811
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSUME(isPOWER_OF_2(word)); |
|
1812
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# else |
|
1813
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSUME(word && (word & (word-1)) == 0); |
|
1814
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# endif |
|
1815
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1816
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* The only set bit is both the most and least significant bit. If we have |
|
1817
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* a fast way of finding either one, use that. |
|
1818
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
1819
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* It may appear at first glance that those functions call this one, but |
|
1820
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* they don't if the corresponding #define is set */ |
|
1821
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1822
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# ifdef PERL_HAS_FAST_GET_MSB_POS64 |
|
1823
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1824
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return msbit_pos64(word); |
|
1825
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1826
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# elif defined(PERL_HAS_FAST_GET_LSB_POS64) |
|
1827
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1828
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return lsbit_pos64(word); |
|
1829
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1830
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# else |
|
1831
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1832
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* The position of the only set bit in a word can be quickly calculated |
|
1833
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* using deBruijn sequences. See for example |
|
1834
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/De_Bruijn_sequence */ |
|
1835
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return PL_deBruijn_bitpos_tab64[(word * PERL_deBruijnMagic64_) |
|
1836
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
>> PERL_deBruijnShift64_]; |
|
1837
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# endif |
|
1838
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1839
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
1840
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1841
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
1842
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1843
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE unsigned |
|
1844
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_single_1bit_pos32(U32 word) |
|
1845
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
1846
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Given a 32-bit word known to contain all zero bits except one 1 bit, |
|
1847
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* find and return the 1's position: 0..31 */ |
|
1848
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1849
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef PERL_CORE /* macro not exported */ |
|
1850
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSUME(isPOWER_OF_2(word)); |
|
1851
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#else |
|
1852
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSUME(word && (word & (word-1)) == 0); |
|
1853
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
1854
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef PERL_HAS_FAST_GET_MSB_POS32 |
|
1855
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1856
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return msbit_pos32(word); |
|
1857
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1858
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#elif defined(PERL_HAS_FAST_GET_LSB_POS32) |
|
1859
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1860
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return lsbit_pos32(word); |
|
1861
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1862
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#else |
|
1863
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1864
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return PL_deBruijn_bitpos_tab32[(word * PERL_deBruijnMagic32_) |
|
1865
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
>> PERL_deBruijnShift32_]; |
|
1866
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
1867
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1868
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
1869
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1870
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef EBCDIC |
|
1871
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1872
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE unsigned int |
|
1873
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_variant_byte_number(PERL_UINTMAX_T word) |
|
1874
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
1875
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* This returns the position in a word (0..7) of the first variant byte in |
|
1876
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* it. This is a helper function. Note that there are no branches */ |
|
1877
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1878
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Get just the msb bits of each byte */ |
|
1879
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
word &= PERL_VARIANTS_WORD_MASK; |
|
1880
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1881
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* This should only be called if we know there is a variant byte in the |
|
1882
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* word */ |
|
1883
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(word); |
|
1884
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1885
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# if BYTEORDER == 0x1234 || BYTEORDER == 0x12345678 |
|
1886
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1887
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Bytes are stored like |
|
1888
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Byte8 ... Byte2 Byte1 |
|
1889
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* 63..56...15...8 7...0 |
|
1890
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* so getting the lsb of the whole modified word is getting the msb of the |
|
1891
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* first byte that has its msb set */ |
|
1892
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
word = lsbit_pos_uintmax_(word); |
|
1893
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1894
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Here, word contains the position 7,15,23,...55,63 of that bit. Convert |
|
1895
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* to 0..7 */ |
|
1896
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (unsigned int) ((word + 1) >> 3) - 1; |
|
1897
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1898
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# elif BYTEORDER == 0x4321 || BYTEORDER == 0x87654321 |
|
1899
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1900
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Bytes are stored like |
|
1901
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Byte1 Byte2 ... Byte8 |
|
1902
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* 63..56 55..47 ... 7...0 |
|
1903
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* so getting the msb of the whole modified word is getting the msb of the |
|
1904
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* first byte that has its msb set */ |
|
1905
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
word = msbit_pos_uintmax_(word); |
|
1906
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1907
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Here, word contains the position 63,55,...,23,15,7 of that bit. Convert |
|
1908
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* to 0..7 */ |
|
1909
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
word = ((word + 1) >> 3) - 1; |
|
1910
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1911
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* And invert the result because of the reversed byte order on this |
|
1912
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* platform */ |
|
1913
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
word = CHARBITS - word - 1; |
|
1914
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1915
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (unsigned int) word; |
|
1916
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1917
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# else |
|
1918
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# error Unexpected byte order |
|
1919
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# endif |
|
1920
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1921
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
1922
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1923
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
1924
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined(PERL_CORE) || defined(PERL_EXT) |
|
1925
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1926
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
1927
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc variant_under_utf8_count |
|
1928
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1929
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This function looks at the sequence of bytes between C and C, which are |
|
1930
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assumed to be encoded in ASCII/Latin1, and returns how many of them would |
|
1931
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
change should the string be translated into UTF-8. Due to the nature of UTF-8, |
|
1932
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
each of these would occupy two bytes instead of the single one in the input |
|
1933
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
string. Thus, this function returns the precise number of bytes the string |
|
1934
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
would expand by when translated to UTF-8. |
|
1935
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1936
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unlike most of the other functions that have C in their name, the input |
|
1937
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
to this function is NOT a UTF-8-encoded string. The function name is slightly |
|
1938
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
I to emphasize this. |
|
1939
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1940
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This function is internal to Perl because khw thinks that any XS code that |
|
1941
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
would want this is probably operating too close to the internals. Presenting a |
|
1942
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
valid use case could change that. |
|
1943
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1944
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See also |
|
1945
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C> |
|
1946
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and |
|
1947
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C>, |
|
1948
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1949
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=cut |
|
1950
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1951
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/ |
|
1952
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1953
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE Size_t |
|
1954
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
S_variant_under_utf8_count(const U8* const s, const U8* const e) |
|
1955
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
1956
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const U8* x = s; |
|
1957
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Size_t count = 0; |
|
1958
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1959
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_VARIANT_UNDER_UTF8_COUNT; |
|
1960
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1961
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# ifndef EBCDIC |
|
1962
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1963
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Test if the string is long enough to use word-at-a-time. (Logic is the |
|
1964
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* same as for is_utf8_invariant_string()) */ |
|
1965
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ((STRLEN) (e - x) >= PERL_WORDSIZE |
|
1966
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+ PERL_WORDSIZE * PERL_IS_SUBWORD_ADDR(x) |
|
1967
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- (PTR2nat(x) & PERL_WORD_BOUNDARY_MASK)) |
|
1968
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
1969
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1970
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Process per-byte until reach word boundary. XXX This loop could be |
|
1971
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* eliminated if we knew that this platform had fast unaligned reads */ |
|
1972
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while (PTR2nat(x) & PERL_WORD_BOUNDARY_MASK) { |
|
1973
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
count += ! UTF8_IS_INVARIANT(*x++); |
|
1974
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
1975
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1976
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Process per-word as long as we have at least a full word left */ |
|
1977
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
do { /* Commit 03c1e4ab1d6ee9062fb3f94b0ba31db6698724b1 contains an |
|
1978
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
explanation of how this works */ |
|
1979
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_UINTMAX_T increment |
|
1980
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
= ((((* (PERL_UINTMAX_T *) x) & PERL_VARIANTS_WORD_MASK) >> 7) |
|
1981
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* PERL_COUNT_MULTIPLIER) |
|
1982
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
>> ((PERL_WORDSIZE - 1) * CHARBITS); |
|
1983
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
count += (Size_t) increment; |
|
1984
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
x += PERL_WORDSIZE; |
|
1985
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} while (x + PERL_WORDSIZE <= e); |
|
1986
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
1987
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1988
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# endif |
|
1989
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1990
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Process per-byte */ |
|
1991
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while (x < e) { |
|
1992
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (! UTF8_IS_INVARIANT(*x)) { |
|
1993
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
count++; |
|
1994
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
1995
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1996
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
x++; |
|
1997
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
1998
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return count; |
|
2000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2001
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
2003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Keep these around for these files */ |
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if ! defined(PERL_IN_REGEXEC_C) && ! defined(PERL_IN_UTF8_C) |
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# undef PERL_WORDSIZE |
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# undef PERL_COUNT_MULTIPLIER |
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# undef PERL_WORD_BOUNDARY_MASK |
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# undef PERL_VARIANTS_WORD_MASK |
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define is_utf8_string(s, len) is_utf8_string_loclen(s, len, NULL, NULL) |
|
2013
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined(PERL_CORE) || defined (PERL_EXT) |
|
2015
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
2017
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc is_utf8_non_invariant_string |
|
2018
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if L returns FALSE for the first |
|
2020
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C bytes of the string C, but they are, nonetheless, legal Perl-extended |
|
2021
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UTF-8; otherwise returns FALSE. |
|
2022
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2023
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A TRUE return means that at least one code point represented by the sequence |
|
2024
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
either is a wide character not representable as a single byte, or the |
|
2025
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
representation differs depending on whether the sequence is encoded in UTF-8 or |
|
2026
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
not. |
|
2027
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2028
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See also C>. |
|
2029
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2030
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=cut |
|
2031
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2032
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This is commonly used to determine if a SV's UTF-8 flag should be turned on. |
|
2033
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
It generally needn't be if its string is entirely UTF-8 invariant, and it |
|
2034
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
shouldn't be if it otherwise contains invalid UTF-8. |
|
2035
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2036
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
It is an internal function because khw thinks that XS code shouldn't be working |
|
2037
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
at this low a level. A valid use case could change that. |
|
2038
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2039
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/ |
|
2040
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2041
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE bool |
|
2042
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_is_utf8_non_invariant_string(const U8* const s, STRLEN len) |
|
2043
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
2044
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const U8 * first_variant; |
|
2045
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2046
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_IS_UTF8_NON_INVARIANT_STRING; |
|
2047
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2048
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (is_utf8_invariant_string_loc(s, len, &first_variant)) { |
|
2049
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
2050
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2051
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2052
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return is_utf8_string(first_variant, len - (first_variant - s)); |
|
2053
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2054
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2055
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
2056
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2057
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
2058
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc is_utf8_string |
|
2059
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc_item is_utf8_string_loc |
|
2060
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc_item is_utf8_string_loclen |
|
2061
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc_item is_strict_utf8_string |
|
2062
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc_item is_strict_utf8_string_loc |
|
2063
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc_item is_strict_utf8_string_loclen |
|
2064
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc_item is_c9strict_utf8_string |
|
2065
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc_item is_c9strict_utf8_string_loc |
|
2066
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc_item is_c9strict_utf8_string_loclen |
|
2067
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc_item is_utf8_string_flags |
|
2068
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc_item is_utf8_string_loc_flags |
|
2069
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc_item is_utf8_string_loclen_flags |
|
2070
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2071
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
These each return TRUE if the first C bytes of string C form a valid |
|
2072
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UTF-8 string for varying degrees of strictness, FALSE otherwise. If C is |
|
2073
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0, it will be calculated using C (which means if you use this |
|
2074
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
option, that C can't have embedded C characters and has to have a |
|
2075
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
terminating C byte). Note that all characters being ASCII constitute 'a |
|
2076
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
valid UTF-8 string'. |
|
2077
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2078
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Some of the functions also return information about the string. Those that |
|
2079
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
have the suffix C<_loc> in their names have an extra parameter, C. If that |
|
2080
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
is not NULL, the function stores into it the location of how far it got in |
|
2081
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
parsing C. If the function is returning TRUE, this will be a pointer to the |
|
2082
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
byte immediately after the end of C. If FALSE, it will be the location of |
|
2083
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
the first byte that fails the criteria. |
|
2084
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2085
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The functions that instead have the suffix C<_loclen> have a second extra |
|
2086
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
parameter, C. They act as the plain C<_loc> functions do with their C |
|
2087
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
parameter, but if C is not null, the functions store into it the number of |
|
2088
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UTF-8 encoded characters found at the point where parsing stopped. If the |
|
2089
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
function is returning TRUE, this will be the full count of the UTF-8 characters |
|
2090
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in C; if FALSE, it will be the count before the first invalid one. |
|
2091
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2092
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C (and C and C) |
|
2093
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
consider Perl's extended UTF-8 to be valid. That means that |
|
2094
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
code points above Unicode, surrogates, and non-character code points are |
|
2095
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
all considered valid by this function. Problems may arise in interchange with |
|
2096
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
non-Perl applications, or (unlikely) between machines with different word |
|
2097
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
sizes. |
|
2098
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2099
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C (and C and |
|
2100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C) consider only Unicode-range (0 to 0x10FFFF) |
|
2101
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
code points to be valid, with the surrogates and non-character code points |
|
2102
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
invalid. This level of strictness is what is safe to accept from outside |
|
2103
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
sources that use Unicode rules. |
|
2104
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2105
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The forms whose names contain C conform to the level of strictness |
|
2106
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
given in |
|
2107
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L. |
|
2108
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This means Unicode-range code points including non-character ones are |
|
2109
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
considered valid, but not the surrogates. This level of strictness is |
|
2110
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
considered safe for cooperating components that know how the other components |
|
2111
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
handle non-character code points. |
|
2112
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2113
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The forms whose names contain C<_flags> allow you to customize the acceptable |
|
2114
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
level of strictness. They have an extra parameter, C to indicate the |
|
2115
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
types of code points that are acceptable. If C is 0, they give the |
|
2116
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
same results as C> (and kin); if C is |
|
2117
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C, they give the same results as |
|
2118
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C> (and kin); and if C is |
|
2119
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C, they give the same results as |
|
2120
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C> (and kin). Otherwise C may be any |
|
2121
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
combination of the C> flags understood by |
|
2122
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C>, with the same meanings. |
|
2123
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2124
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
It's better to use one of the non-C<_flags> functions if they give you the |
|
2125
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
desired strictness, as those have a better chance of being inlined by the C |
|
2126
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
compiler. |
|
2127
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2128
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See also |
|
2129
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C>, |
|
2130
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C>, |
|
2131
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2132
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=cut |
|
2133
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/ |
|
2134
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2135
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define is_strict_utf8_string(s, len) is_strict_utf8_string_loclen(s, len, NULL, NULL) |
|
2136
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2137
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define is_c9strict_utf8_string(s, len) is_c9strict_utf8_string_loclen(s, len, NULL, 0) |
|
2138
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2139
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE bool |
|
2140
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_is_utf8_string_flags(const U8 *s, STRLEN len, const U32 flags) |
|
2141
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
2142
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const U8 * first_variant; |
|
2143
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2144
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_IS_UTF8_STRING_FLAGS; |
|
2145
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(0 == (flags & ~UTF8_DISALLOW_ILLEGAL_INTERCHANGE)); |
|
2146
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2147
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (len == 0) { |
|
2148
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
len = strlen((const char *)s); |
|
2149
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2150
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2151
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (flags == 0) { |
|
2152
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return is_utf8_string(s, len); |
|
2153
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2154
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2155
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ((flags & UTF8_DISALLOW_ILLEGAL_INTERCHANGE) |
|
2156
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
== UTF8_DISALLOW_ILLEGAL_INTERCHANGE) |
|
2157
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
2158
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return is_strict_utf8_string(s, len); |
|
2159
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2160
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2161
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ((flags & UTF8_DISALLOW_ILLEGAL_C9_INTERCHANGE) |
|
2162
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
== UTF8_DISALLOW_ILLEGAL_C9_INTERCHANGE) |
|
2163
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
2164
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return is_c9strict_utf8_string(s, len); |
|
2165
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2166
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2167
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (! is_utf8_invariant_string_loc(s, len, &first_variant)) { |
|
2168
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const U8* const send = s + len; |
|
2169
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const U8* x = first_variant; |
|
2170
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2171
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while (x < send) { |
|
2172
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
STRLEN cur_len = isUTF8_CHAR_flags(x, send, flags); |
|
2173
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (UNLIKELY(! cur_len)) { |
|
2174
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
2175
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2176
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
x += cur_len; |
|
2177
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2178
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2179
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2180
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE; |
|
2181
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2182
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2183
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define Perl_is_utf8_string_loc(s, len, ep) \ |
|
2184
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_is_utf8_string_loclen(s, len, ep, 0) |
|
2185
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2186
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE bool |
|
2187
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_is_utf8_string_loclen(const U8 *s, STRLEN len, const U8 **ep, STRLEN *el) |
|
2188
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
2189
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const U8 * first_variant; |
|
2190
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2191
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_IS_UTF8_STRING_LOCLEN; |
|
2192
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2193
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (len == 0) { |
|
2194
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
len = strlen((const char *) s); |
|
2195
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2196
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2197
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (is_utf8_invariant_string_loc(s, len, &first_variant)) { |
|
2198
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (el) |
|
2199
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*el = len; |
|
2200
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2201
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (ep) { |
|
2202
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*ep = s + len; |
|
2203
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2204
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2205
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE; |
|
2206
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2207
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2208
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
2209
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const U8* const send = s + len; |
|
2210
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const U8* x = first_variant; |
|
2211
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
STRLEN outlen = first_variant - s; |
|
2212
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2213
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while (x < send) { |
|
2214
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const STRLEN cur_len = isUTF8_CHAR(x, send); |
|
2215
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (UNLIKELY(! cur_len)) { |
|
2216
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
break; |
|
2217
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2218
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
x += cur_len; |
|
2219
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
outlen++; |
|
2220
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2221
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2222
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (el) |
|
2223
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*el = outlen; |
|
2224
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2225
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (ep) { |
|
2226
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*ep = x; |
|
2227
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2228
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2229
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (x == send); |
|
2230
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2231
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2232
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2233
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* The perl core arranges to never call the DFA below without there being at |
|
2234
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* least one byte available to look at. This allows the DFA to use a do {} |
|
2235
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* while loop which means that calling it with a UTF-8 invariant has a single |
|
2236
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* conditional, same as the calling code checking for invariance ahead of time. |
|
2237
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* And having the calling code remove that conditional speeds up by that |
|
2238
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* conditional, the case where it wasn't invariant. So there's no reason to |
|
2239
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* check before calling this. |
|
2240
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
2241
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* But we don't know this for non-core calls, so have to retain the check for |
|
2242
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* them. */ |
|
2243
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef PERL_CORE |
|
2244
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# define PERL_NON_CORE_CHECK_EMPTY(s,e) assert((e) > (s)) |
|
2245
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#else |
|
2246
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# define PERL_NON_CORE_CHECK_EMPTY(s,e) if ((e) <= (s)) return FALSE |
|
2247
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
2248
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2249
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
2250
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* DFA for checking input is valid UTF-8 syntax. |
|
2251
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
2252
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* This uses adaptations of the table and algorithm given in |
|
2253
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* https://bjoern.hoehrmann.de/utf-8/decoder/dfa/, which provides comprehensive |
|
2254
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* documentation of the original version. A copyright notice for the original |
|
2255
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* version is given at the beginning of this file. The Perl adaptations are |
|
2256
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* documented at the definition of PL_extended_utf8_dfa_tab[]. |
|
2257
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
2258
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* This dfa is fast. There are three exit conditions: |
|
2259
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* 1) a well-formed code point, acceptable to the table |
|
2260
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* 2) the beginning bytes of an incomplete character, whose completion might |
|
2261
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* or might not be acceptable |
|
2262
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* 3) unacceptable to the table. Some of the adaptations have certain, |
|
2263
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* hopefully less likely to occur, legal inputs be unacceptable to the |
|
2264
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* table, so these must be sorted out afterwards. |
|
2265
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
2266
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* This macro is a complete implementation of the code executing the DFA. It |
|
2267
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* is passed the input sequence bounds and the table to use, and what to do |
|
2268
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* for each of the exit conditions. There are three canned actions, likely to |
|
2269
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* be the ones you want: |
|
2270
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* DFA_RETURN_SUCCESS_ |
|
2271
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* DFA_RETURN_FAILURE_ |
|
2272
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* DFA_GOTO_TEASE_APART_FF_ |
|
2273
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
2274
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* You pass a parameter giving the action to take for each of the three |
|
2275
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* possible exit conditions: |
|
2276
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
2277
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* 'accept_action' This is executed when the DFA accepts the input. |
|
2278
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* DFA_RETURN_SUCCESS_ is the most likely candidate. |
|
2279
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* 'reject_action' This is executed when the DFA rejects the input. |
|
2280
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* DFA_RETURN_FAILURE_ is a candidate, or 'goto label' where |
|
2281
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* you have written code to distinguish the rejecting state |
|
2282
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* results. Because it happens in several places, and |
|
2283
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* involves #ifdefs, the special action |
|
2284
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* DFA_GOTO_TEASE_APART_FF_ is what you want with |
|
2285
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* PL_extended_utf8_dfa_tab. On platforms without |
|
2286
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* EXTRA_LONG_UTF8, there is no need to tease anything apart, |
|
2287
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* so this evaluates to DFA_RETURN_FAILURE_; otherwise you |
|
2288
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* need to have a label 'tease_apart_FF' that it will transfer |
|
2289
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* to. |
|
2290
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* 'incomplete_char_action' This is executed when the DFA ran off the end |
|
2291
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* before accepting or rejecting the input. |
|
2292
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* DFA_RETURN_FAILURE_ is the likely action, but you could |
|
2293
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* have a 'goto', or NOOP. In the latter case the DFA drops |
|
2294
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* off the end, and you place your code to handle this case |
|
2295
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* immediately after it. |
|
2296
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/ |
|
2297
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2298
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define DFA_RETURN_SUCCESS_ return (s8dfa_ - s0) |
|
2299
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define DFA_RETURN_FAILURE_ return 0 |
|
2300
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef HAS_EXTRA_LONG_UTF8 |
|
2301
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# define DFA_TEASE_APART_FF_ goto tease_apart_FF |
|
2302
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#else |
|
2303
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# define DFA_TEASE_APART_FF_ DFA_RETURN_FAILURE_ |
|
2304
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
2305
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2306
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define PERL_IS_UTF8_CHAR_DFA(s0, e, dfa_tab, \ |
|
2307
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
accept_action, \ |
|
2308
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
reject_action, \ |
|
2309
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
incomplete_char_action) \ |
|
2310
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
STMT_START { \ |
|
2311
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const U8 * s8dfa_ = s0; \ |
|
2312
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const U8 * const e8dfa_ = e; \ |
|
2313
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_UINT_FAST16_T state = 0; \ |
|
2314
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\ |
|
2315
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_NON_CORE_CHECK_EMPTY(s8dfa_, e8dfa_); \ |
|
2316
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\ |
|
2317
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
do { \ |
|
2318
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
state = dfa_tab[256 + state + dfa_tab[*s8dfa_]]; \ |
|
2319
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} while (++s8dfa_ < e8dfa_ && state > 1); \ |
|
2320
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\ |
|
2321
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (LIKELY(state == 0)) { /* Accepting state */ \ |
|
2322
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
accept_action; \ |
|
2323
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} \ |
|
2324
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\ |
|
2325
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (state == 1) { /* Rejecting state */ \ |
|
2326
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
reject_action; \ |
|
2327
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} \ |
|
2328
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\ |
|
2329
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Here, dropped out of loop before end-of-char */ \ |
|
2330
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
incomplete_char_action; \ |
|
2331
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} STMT_END |
|
2332
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2333
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2334
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
2335
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2336
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc isUTF8_CHAR |
|
2337
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc_item isSTRICT_UTF8_CHAR |
|
2338
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc_item isC9_STRICT_UTF8_CHAR |
|
2339
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc_item isUTF8_CHAR_flags |
|
2340
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc_item is_utf8_char_buf |
|
2341
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2342
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
These each evaluate to non-zero if the first few bytes of the string starting |
|
2343
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
at C and looking no further than S> are well-formed UTF-8 that |
|
2344
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
represents some code point, for varying degrees of strictness. Otherwise they |
|
2345
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
evaluate to 0. If non-zero, the value gives how many bytes starting at C |
|
2346
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
comprise the code point's representation. Any bytes remaining before C, but |
|
2347
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
beyond the ones needed to form the first code point in C, are not examined. |
|
2348
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2349
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
These are used to efficiently decide if the next few bytes in C are |
|
2350
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
legal UTF-8 for a single character. |
|
2351
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2352
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
With C, the code point can be any that will fit in an IV on this |
|
2353
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
machine, using Perl's extension to official UTF-8 to represent those higher |
|
2354
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
than the Unicode maximum of 0x10FFFF. That means that this will consider byte |
|
2355
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
sequences to be valid that are unrecognized or considered illegal by non-Perl |
|
2356
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
applications. |
|
2357
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2358
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
With C>, acceptable code points are restricted to those |
|
2359
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
defined by Unicode to be fully interchangeable across applications. |
|
2360
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This means code points above the Unicode range (max legal is 0x10FFFF), |
|
2361
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
surrogates, and non-character code points are rejected. |
|
2362
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2363
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
With C>, acceptable code points are restricted to |
|
2364
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
those defined by Unicode to be fully interchangeable within an application. |
|
2365
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This means code points above the Unicode range and surrogates are rejected, but |
|
2366
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
non-character code points are accepted. See L
|
|
2367
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#9|http://www.unicode.org/versions/corrigendum9.html>. |
|
2368
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2369
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Use C> to customize what code points are acceptable. |
|
2370
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If C is 0, this gives the same results as C>; |
|
2371
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if C is C, this gives the same results |
|
2372
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
as C>; |
|
2373
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and if C is C, this gives |
|
2374
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
the same results as C>. |
|
2375
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Otherwise C may be any combination of the C> flags |
|
2376
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
understood by C>, with the same meanings. |
|
2377
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2378
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The three alternative macros are for the most commonly needed validations; they |
|
2379
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
are likely to run somewhat faster than this more general one, as they can be |
|
2380
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
inlined into your code. |
|
2381
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2382
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Use one of the C> forms to check entire strings. |
|
2383
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2384
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note also that a UTF-8 "invariant" character (i.e. ASCII on non-EBCDIC |
|
2385
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
machines) is a valid UTF-8 character. |
|
2386
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2387
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C is the old name for C. Do not use it in new |
|
2388
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
code. |
|
2389
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2390
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=cut |
|
2391
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2392
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All the functions except isUTF8_CHAR_flags) use adaptations of the table and |
|
2393
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
algorithm given in https://bjoern.hoehrmann.de/utf-8/decoder/dfa/, which |
|
2394
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
provides comprehensive documentation of the original version. A copyright |
|
2395
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
notice for the original version is given at the beginning of this file. |
|
2396
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2397
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Perl adaptation for isUTF8_CHAR is documented at the definition of |
|
2398
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PL_extended_utf8_dfa_tab[]. |
|
2399
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2400
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Perl adaptation for isSTRICT_UTF8_CHAR is documented at the definition of |
|
2401
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PL_strict_utf8_dfa_tab[]; |
|
2402
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2403
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Perl adaptation for isC9_STRICT_UTF8_CHAR is documented at the definition |
|
2404
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
of PL_c9_utf8_dfa_tab[]. |
|
2405
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2406
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/ |
|
2407
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2408
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE Size_t |
|
2409
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_isSTRICT_UTF8_CHAR(const U8 * const s0, const U8 * const e) |
|
2410
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
2411
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_ISSTRICT_UTF8_CHAR; |
|
2412
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2413
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_IS_UTF8_CHAR_DFA(s0, e, PL_strict_utf8_dfa_tab, |
|
2414
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DFA_RETURN_SUCCESS_, |
|
2415
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
goto check_hanguls, |
|
2416
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DFA_RETURN_FAILURE_); |
|
2417
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
check_hanguls: |
|
2418
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2419
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Here, we didn't return success, but dropped out of the loop. In the |
|
2420
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* case of PL_strict_utf8_dfa_tab, this means the input is either |
|
2421
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* malformed, or was for certain Hanguls; handle them specially */ |
|
2422
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2423
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* The dfa above drops out for incomplete or illegal inputs, and certain |
|
2424
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* legal Hanguls; check and return accordingly */ |
|
2425
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return is_HANGUL_ED_utf8_safe(s0, e); |
|
2426
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2427
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2428
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE Size_t |
|
2429
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_isUTF8_CHAR(const U8 * const s0, const U8 * const e) |
|
2430
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
2431
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_ISUTF8_CHAR; |
|
2432
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2433
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_IS_UTF8_CHAR_DFA(s0, e, PL_extended_utf8_dfa_tab, |
|
2434
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DFA_RETURN_SUCCESS_, |
|
2435
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DFA_TEASE_APART_FF_, |
|
2436
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DFA_RETURN_FAILURE_); |
|
2437
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2438
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Here, we didn't return success, but dropped out of the loop. In the |
|
2439
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* case of PL_extended_utf8_dfa_tab, this means the input is either |
|
2440
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* malformed, or the start byte was FF on a platform that the dfa doesn't |
|
2441
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* handle FF's. Call a helper function. */ |
|
2442
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2443
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef HAS_EXTRA_LONG_UTF8 |
|
2444
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2445
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tease_apart_FF: |
|
2446
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2447
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* In the case of PL_extended_utf8_dfa_tab, getting here means the input is |
|
2448
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* either malformed, or was for the largest possible start byte, which we |
|
2449
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* now check, not inline */ |
|
2450
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (*s0 != I8_TO_NATIVE_UTF8(0xFF)) { |
|
2451
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 0; |
|
2452
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2453
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2454
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return is_utf8_FF_helper_(s0, e, |
|
2455
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FALSE /* require full, not partial char */ |
|
2456
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
); |
|
2457
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
2458
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2459
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2460
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2461
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE Size_t |
|
2462
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_isC9_STRICT_UTF8_CHAR(const U8 * const s0, const U8 * const e) |
|
2463
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
2464
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_ISC9_STRICT_UTF8_CHAR; |
|
2465
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2466
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_IS_UTF8_CHAR_DFA(s0, e, PL_c9_utf8_dfa_tab, |
|
2467
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DFA_RETURN_SUCCESS_, |
|
2468
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DFA_RETURN_FAILURE_, |
|
2469
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DFA_RETURN_FAILURE_); |
|
2470
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2471
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2472
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define is_strict_utf8_string_loc(s, len, ep) \ |
|
2473
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
is_strict_utf8_string_loclen(s, len, ep, 0) |
|
2474
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2475
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE bool |
|
2476
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_is_strict_utf8_string_loclen(const U8 *s, STRLEN len, const U8 **ep, STRLEN *el) |
|
2477
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
2478
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const U8 * first_variant; |
|
2479
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2480
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_IS_STRICT_UTF8_STRING_LOCLEN; |
|
2481
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2482
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (len == 0) { |
|
2483
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
len = strlen((const char *) s); |
|
2484
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2485
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2486
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (is_utf8_invariant_string_loc(s, len, &first_variant)) { |
|
2487
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (el) |
|
2488
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*el = len; |
|
2489
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2490
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (ep) { |
|
2491
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*ep = s + len; |
|
2492
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2493
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2494
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE; |
|
2495
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2496
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2497
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
2498
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const U8* const send = s + len; |
|
2499
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const U8* x = first_variant; |
|
2500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
STRLEN outlen = first_variant - s; |
|
2501
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2502
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while (x < send) { |
|
2503
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const STRLEN cur_len = isSTRICT_UTF8_CHAR(x, send); |
|
2504
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (UNLIKELY(! cur_len)) { |
|
2505
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
break; |
|
2506
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2507
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
x += cur_len; |
|
2508
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
outlen++; |
|
2509
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2510
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2511
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (el) |
|
2512
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*el = outlen; |
|
2513
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2514
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (ep) { |
|
2515
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*ep = x; |
|
2516
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2517
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2518
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (x == send); |
|
2519
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2520
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2521
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2522
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define is_c9strict_utf8_string_loc(s, len, ep) \ |
|
2523
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
is_c9strict_utf8_string_loclen(s, len, ep, 0) |
|
2524
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2525
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE bool |
|
2526
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_is_c9strict_utf8_string_loclen(const U8 *s, STRLEN len, const U8 **ep, STRLEN *el) |
|
2527
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
2528
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const U8 * first_variant; |
|
2529
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2530
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_IS_C9STRICT_UTF8_STRING_LOCLEN; |
|
2531
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2532
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (len == 0) { |
|
2533
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
len = strlen((const char *) s); |
|
2534
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2535
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2536
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (is_utf8_invariant_string_loc(s, len, &first_variant)) { |
|
2537
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (el) |
|
2538
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*el = len; |
|
2539
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2540
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (ep) { |
|
2541
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*ep = s + len; |
|
2542
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2543
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2544
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE; |
|
2545
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2546
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2547
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
2548
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const U8* const send = s + len; |
|
2549
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const U8* x = first_variant; |
|
2550
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
STRLEN outlen = first_variant - s; |
|
2551
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2552
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while (x < send) { |
|
2553
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const STRLEN cur_len = isC9_STRICT_UTF8_CHAR(x, send); |
|
2554
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (UNLIKELY(! cur_len)) { |
|
2555
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
break; |
|
2556
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2557
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
x += cur_len; |
|
2558
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
outlen++; |
|
2559
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2560
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2561
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (el) |
|
2562
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*el = outlen; |
|
2563
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2564
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (ep) { |
|
2565
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*ep = x; |
|
2566
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2567
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2568
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (x == send); |
|
2569
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2570
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2571
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2572
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define is_utf8_string_loc_flags(s, len, ep, flags) \ |
|
2573
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
is_utf8_string_loclen_flags(s, len, ep, 0, flags) |
|
2574
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2575
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2576
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* The above 3 actual functions could have been moved into the more general one |
|
2577
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* just below, and made #defines that call it with the right 'flags'. They are |
|
2578
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* currently kept separate to increase their chances of getting inlined */ |
|
2579
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2580
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE bool |
|
2581
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_is_utf8_string_loclen_flags(const U8 *s, STRLEN len, const U8 **ep, STRLEN *el, const U32 flags) |
|
2582
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
2583
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const U8 * first_variant; |
|
2584
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2585
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_IS_UTF8_STRING_LOCLEN_FLAGS; |
|
2586
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(0 == (flags & ~UTF8_DISALLOW_ILLEGAL_INTERCHANGE)); |
|
2587
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2588
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (flags == 0) { |
|
2589
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return is_utf8_string_loclen(s, len, ep, el); |
|
2590
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2591
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2592
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ((flags & UTF8_DISALLOW_ILLEGAL_INTERCHANGE) |
|
2593
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
== UTF8_DISALLOW_ILLEGAL_INTERCHANGE) |
|
2594
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
2595
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return is_strict_utf8_string_loclen(s, len, ep, el); |
|
2596
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2597
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2598
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ((flags & UTF8_DISALLOW_ILLEGAL_C9_INTERCHANGE) |
|
2599
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
== UTF8_DISALLOW_ILLEGAL_C9_INTERCHANGE) |
|
2600
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
2601
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return is_c9strict_utf8_string_loclen(s, len, ep, el); |
|
2602
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2603
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2604
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (len == 0) { |
|
2605
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
len = strlen((const char *) s); |
|
2606
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2607
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2608
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (is_utf8_invariant_string_loc(s, len, &first_variant)) { |
|
2609
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (el) |
|
2610
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*el = len; |
|
2611
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2612
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (ep) { |
|
2613
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*ep = s + len; |
|
2614
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2615
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2616
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE; |
|
2617
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2618
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2619
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
2620
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const U8* send = s + len; |
|
2621
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const U8* x = first_variant; |
|
2622
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
STRLEN outlen = first_variant - s; |
|
2623
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2624
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while (x < send) { |
|
2625
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const STRLEN cur_len = isUTF8_CHAR_flags(x, send, flags); |
|
2626
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (UNLIKELY(! cur_len)) { |
|
2627
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
break; |
|
2628
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2629
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
x += cur_len; |
|
2630
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
outlen++; |
|
2631
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2632
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2633
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (el) |
|
2634
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*el = outlen; |
|
2635
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2636
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (ep) { |
|
2637
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*ep = x; |
|
2638
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2639
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2640
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (x == send); |
|
2641
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2642
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2643
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2644
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
2645
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc utf8_distance |
|
2646
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2647
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns the number of UTF-8 characters between the UTF-8 pointers C |
|
2648
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and C. |
|
2649
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2650
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
WARNING: use only if you *know* that the pointers point inside the |
|
2651
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
same UTF-8 buffer. |
|
2652
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2653
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=cut |
|
2654
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/ |
|
2655
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2656
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE IV |
|
2657
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_utf8_distance(pTHX_ const U8 *a, const U8 *b) |
|
2658
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
2659
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_UTF8_DISTANCE; |
|
2660
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2661
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (a < b) ? -1 * (IV) utf8_length(a, b) : (IV) utf8_length(b, a); |
|
2662
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2663
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2664
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
2665
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc utf8_hop |
|
2666
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2667
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Return the UTF-8 pointer C displaced by C characters, either |
|
2668
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
forward (if C is positive) or backward (if negative). C does not need |
|
2669
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
to be pointing to the starting byte of a character. If it isn't, one count of |
|
2670
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C will be used up to get to the start of the next character for forward |
|
2671
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
hops, and to the start of the current character for negative ones. |
|
2672
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2673
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
WARNING: Prefer L to this one. |
|
2674
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2675
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Do NOT use this function unless you B C is within |
|
2676
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
the UTF-8 data pointed to by C B that on entry C is aligned |
|
2677
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
on the first byte of a character or just after the last byte of a character. |
|
2678
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2679
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=cut |
|
2680
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/ |
|
2681
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2682
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE U8 * |
|
2683
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_utf8_hop(const U8 *s, SSize_t off) |
|
2684
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
2685
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_UTF8_HOP; |
|
2686
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2687
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Note: cannot use UTF8_IS_...() too eagerly here since e.g |
|
2688
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* the XXX bitops (especially ~) can create illegal UTF-8. |
|
2689
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* In other words: in Perl UTF-8 is not just for Unicode. */ |
|
2690
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2691
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (off > 0) { |
|
2692
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2693
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Get to next non-continuation byte */ |
|
2694
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (UNLIKELY(UTF8_IS_CONTINUATION(*s))) { |
|
2695
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
do { |
|
2696
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
s++; |
|
2697
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2698
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while (UTF8_IS_CONTINUATION(*s)); |
|
2699
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
off--; |
|
2700
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2701
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2702
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while (off--) |
|
2703
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
s += UTF8SKIP(s); |
|
2704
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2705
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
else { |
|
2706
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while (off++) { |
|
2707
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
s--; |
|
2708
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while (UTF8_IS_CONTINUATION(*s)) |
|
2709
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
s--; |
|
2710
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2711
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2712
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2713
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GCC_DIAG_IGNORE(-Wcast-qual) |
|
2714
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (U8 *)s; |
|
2715
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GCC_DIAG_RESTORE |
|
2716
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2717
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2718
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
2719
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc utf8_hop_forward |
|
2720
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc_item utf8_hop_forward_overshoot |
|
2721
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2722
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
These each take as input a position, C, into a string encoded as UTF-8 |
|
2723
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
which ends at the byte before C, and return the position within it that is |
|
2724
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C displaced by up to C characters forwards. |
|
2725
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2726
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If there are fewer than C characters between C and C, the |
|
2727
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
functions return C. |
|
2728
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2729
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The functions differ in two ways |
|
2730
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2731
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=over 4 |
|
2732
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2733
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=item * |
|
2734
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2735
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C can return how many characters beyond the edge |
|
2736
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
the request was for. When its parameter, C<&remaining>, is not NULL, the |
|
2737
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
function stores into it the count of the excess; zero if the request was |
|
2738
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
completely fulfilled. The actual number of characters that were displaced can |
|
2739
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
then be calculated as S>. |
|
2740
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2741
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=item * |
|
2742
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2743
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C will panic if called with C already positioned at or |
|
2744
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
beyond the edge of the string ending at C and the request is to go even |
|
2745
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
further over the edge. C presumes the caller will |
|
2746
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
handle any errors, and just stores C into C without doing |
|
2747
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
anything else. |
|
2748
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2749
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=back |
|
2750
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2751
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(The above contains a slight lie. When C is NULL, the two functions |
|
2752
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
act identically.) |
|
2753
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2754
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C does not need to be pointing to the starting byte of a character. If it |
|
2755
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
isn't, one count of C will be used up to get to that start. |
|
2756
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2757
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C must be non-negative, and if zero, no action is taken; C is returned |
|
2758
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
unchanged. |
|
2759
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2760
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=cut |
|
2761
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/ |
|
2762
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# define Perl_utf8_hop_forward( s, off, end) \ |
|
2763
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_utf8_hop_forward_overshoot(s, off, end, NULL) |
|
2764
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2765
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE U8 * |
|
2766
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_utf8_hop_forward_overshoot(const U8 * s, SSize_t off, |
|
2767
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const U8 * const end, SSize_t *remaining) |
|
2768
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
2769
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_UTF8_HOP_FORWARD_OVERSHOOT; |
|
2770
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(off >= 0); |
|
2771
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2772
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (off != 0) { |
|
2773
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (UNLIKELY(s >= end && ! remaining)) { |
|
2774
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_croak_nocontext("panic: Start of forward hop (0x%p) is %zd" |
|
2775
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
" bytes beyond legal end position (0x%p)", |
|
2776
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
s, 1 + s - end, end); |
|
2777
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2778
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2779
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (UNLIKELY(UTF8_IS_CONTINUATION(*s))) { |
|
2780
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
do { /* Get to next non-continuation byte */ |
|
2781
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (! UTF8_IS_CONTINUATION(*s)) { |
|
2782
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
off--; |
|
2783
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
break; |
|
2784
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2785
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
s++; |
|
2786
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} while (s < end); |
|
2787
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2788
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2789
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while (off > 0 && s < end) { |
|
2790
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
STRLEN skip = UTF8SKIP(s); |
|
2791
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2792
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Quit without counting this character if it overshoots the edge. |
|
2793
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* */ |
|
2794
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ((STRLEN)(end - s) < skip) { |
|
2795
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
s = end; |
|
2796
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
break; |
|
2797
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2798
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2799
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
s += skip; |
|
2800
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
off--; |
|
2801
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2802
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2803
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2804
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (remaining) { |
|
2805
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*remaining = off; |
|
2806
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2807
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2808
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GCC_DIAG_IGNORE(-Wcast-qual) |
|
2809
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (U8 *)s; |
|
2810
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GCC_DIAG_RESTORE |
|
2811
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2812
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2813
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
2814
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc utf8_hop_back |
|
2815
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc_item utf8_hop_back_overshoot |
|
2816
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2817
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
These each take as input a string encoded as UTF-8 which starts at C, |
|
2818
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and a position into it given by C, and return the position within it that is |
|
2819
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C displaced by up to C characters backwards. |
|
2820
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2821
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If there are fewer than C characters between C and C, the |
|
2822
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
functions return C. |
|
2823
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2824
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The functions differ in that C can return how many |
|
2825
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
characters C beyond the edge the request was for. When its parameter, |
|
2826
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C<&remaining>, is not NULL, the function stores into it the count of the |
|
2827
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
excess; zero if the request was completely fulfilled. The actual number of |
|
2828
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
characters that were displaced can then be calculated as S>. |
|
2829
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This function acts identically to plain C when this parameter is |
|
2830
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NULL. |
|
2831
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2832
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C does not need to be pointing to the starting byte of a character. If it |
|
2833
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
isn't, one count of C will be used up to get to that start. |
|
2834
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2835
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C must be non-positive, and if zero, no action is taken; C is returned |
|
2836
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
unchanged. That it otherwise must be negative means that the earlier |
|
2837
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
description is a lie, to avoid burdening you with this detail too soon. An |
|
2838
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C of C<-2> means to displace two characters backwards, so the displacement |
|
2839
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
is actually the absolute value of C. C will also be |
|
2840
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
non-positive. If there was only one character between C and C, and a |
|
2841
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
displacement of C<-2> was requested, C would be set to C<-1>. The |
|
2842
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
subtraction formula works, yielding the result that only C<-1> character was |
|
2843
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
displaced. |
|
2844
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2845
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=cut |
|
2846
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/ |
|
2847
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2848
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# define Perl_utf8_hop_back( s, off, start) \ |
|
2849
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_utf8_hop_back_overshoot(s, off, start, NULL) |
|
2850
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2851
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE U8 * |
|
2852
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_utf8_hop_back_overshoot(const U8 *s, SSize_t off, |
|
2853
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const U8 * const start, SSize_t *remaining) |
|
2854
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
2855
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_UTF8_HOP_BACK_OVERSHOOT; |
|
2856
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(start <= s); |
|
2857
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(off <= 0); |
|
2858
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2859
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Note: if we know that the input is well-formed, we can do per-word |
|
2860
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* hop-back. Commit d6ad3b72778369a84a215b498d8d60d5b03aa1af implemented |
|
2861
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* that. But it was reverted because doing per-word has some |
|
2862
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* start-up/tear-down overhead, so only makes sense if the distance to be |
|
2863
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* moved is large, and core perl doesn't currently move more than a few |
|
2864
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* characters at a time. You can reinstate it if it does become |
|
2865
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* advantageous. */ |
|
2866
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while (off < 0 && s > start) { |
|
2867
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
do { /* Find the beginning of this character */ |
|
2868
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
s--; |
|
2869
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (! UTF8_IS_CONTINUATION(*s)) { |
|
2870
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
off++; |
|
2871
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
break; |
|
2872
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2873
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} while (s > start); |
|
2874
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2875
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2876
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (remaining) { |
|
2877
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*remaining = off; |
|
2878
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2879
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2880
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GCC_DIAG_IGNORE(-Wcast-qual) |
|
2881
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (U8 *)s; |
|
2882
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GCC_DIAG_RESTORE |
|
2883
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2884
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2885
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
2886
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc utf8_hop_safe |
|
2887
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc_item utf8_hop_overshoot |
|
2888
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2889
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
These each take as input a string encoded as UTF-8 which starts at C, |
|
2890
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ending at C, and a position into it given by C, and return the |
|
2891
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
position within it that is C displaced by up to C characters, either |
|
2892
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
forwards if C is positive, or backwards if C is negative. (Nothing |
|
2893
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
is done if C is 0.) |
|
2894
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2895
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If there are fewer than C characters between C and the respective edge, |
|
2896
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
the functions return that edge. |
|
2897
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2898
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The functions differ in that C can return how many |
|
2899
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
characters beyond the edge the request was for. When its parameter, |
|
2900
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C<&remaining>, is not NULL, the function stores into it the count of the |
|
2901
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
excess; zero if the request was completely fulfilled. The actual number of |
|
2902
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
characters that were displaced can then be calculated as S>. |
|
2903
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This function acts identically to plain C when this parameter is |
|
2904
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NULL. |
|
2905
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2906
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C does not need to be pointing to the starting byte of a character. If it |
|
2907
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
isn't, one count of C will be used up to get to that start. |
|
2908
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2909
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To be more precise, the displacement is by the absolute value of C, and |
|
2910
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
the excess count is the absolute value of C. |
|
2911
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2912
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=cut |
|
2913
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/ |
|
2914
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2915
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define Perl_utf8_hop_safe(s, o, b, e) Perl_utf8_hop_overshoot(s, o, b, e, 0) |
|
2916
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2917
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE U8 * |
|
2918
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_utf8_hop_overshoot(const U8 *s, SSize_t off, |
|
2919
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const U8 * const start, const U8 * const end, |
|
2920
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SSize_t * remaining) |
|
2921
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
2922
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_UTF8_HOP_OVERSHOOT; |
|
2923
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2924
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(start <= s && s <= end); |
|
2925
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2926
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (off >= 0) { |
|
2927
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return utf8_hop_forward_overshoot(s, off, end, remaining); |
|
2928
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2929
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
else { |
|
2930
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return utf8_hop_back_overshoot(s, off, start, remaining); |
|
2931
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2932
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2933
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2934
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE STRLEN |
|
2935
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_isUTF8_CHAR_flags(const U8 * const s0, const U8 * const e, const U32 flags) |
|
2936
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
2937
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_ISUTF8_CHAR_FLAGS; |
|
2938
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(0 == (flags & ~UTF8_DISALLOW_ILLEGAL_INTERCHANGE)); |
|
2939
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2940
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_IS_UTF8_CHAR_DFA(s0, e, PL_extended_utf8_dfa_tab, |
|
2941
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
goto check_success, |
|
2942
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DFA_TEASE_APART_FF_, |
|
2943
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DFA_RETURN_FAILURE_); |
|
2944
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2945
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
check_success: |
|
2946
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2947
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return is_utf8_char_helper_(s0, e, flags); |
|
2948
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2949
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef HAS_EXTRA_LONG_UTF8 |
|
2950
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2951
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tease_apart_FF: |
|
2952
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2953
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* In the case of PL_extended_utf8_dfa_tab, getting here means the input is |
|
2954
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* either malformed, or was for the largest possible start byte, which |
|
2955
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* indicates perl extended UTF-8, well above the Unicode maximum */ |
|
2956
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( *s0 != I8_TO_NATIVE_UTF8(0xFF) |
|
2957
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|| (flags & (UTF8_DISALLOW_SUPER|UTF8_DISALLOW_PERL_EXTENDED))) |
|
2958
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
2959
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 0; |
|
2960
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2961
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2962
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Otherwise examine the sequence not inline */ |
|
2963
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return is_utf8_FF_helper_(s0, e, |
|
2964
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FALSE /* require full, not partial char */ |
|
2965
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
); |
|
2966
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
2967
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2968
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
2969
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2970
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
2971
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2972
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc is_utf8_valid_partial_char |
|
2973
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc_item is_utf8_valid_partial_char_flags |
|
2974
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2975
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
These each return FALSE if the sequence of bytes starting at C and looking no |
|
2976
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
further than S> is the UTF-8 encoding for one or more code points. |
|
2977
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
That is, FALSE is returned if C points to at least one entire UTF-8 encoded |
|
2978
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
character. |
|
2979
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2980
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Otherwise, they return TRUE if there exists at least one non-empty sequence of |
|
2981
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bytes that when appended to sequence C, starting at position C causes the |
|
2982
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
entire sequence to be the well-formed UTF-8 of some code point |
|
2983
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2984
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In other words they return TRUE if C points to an incomplete UTF-8-encoded |
|
2985
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
code point; FALSE otherwise. |
|
2986
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2987
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This is useful when a fixed-length buffer is being tested for being well-formed |
|
2988
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UTF-8, but the final few bytes in it don't comprise a full character; that is, |
|
2989
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
it is split somewhere in the middle of the final code point's UTF-8 |
|
2990
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
representation. (Presumably when the buffer is refreshed with the next chunk |
|
2991
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
of data, the new first bytes will complete the partial code point.) This |
|
2992
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
function is used to verify that the final bytes in the current buffer are in |
|
2993
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
fact the legal beginning of some code point, so that if they aren't, the |
|
2994
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
failure can be signalled without having to wait for the next read. |
|
2995
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2996
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C behaves identically to |
|
2997
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C when the latter is called with a zero |
|
2998
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C parameter. This parameter is used to restrict the classes of code |
|
2999
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
points that are considered to be valid. When zero, Perl's extended UTF-8 is |
|
3000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
used. Otherwise C can be any combination of the C> |
|
3001
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
flags accepted by C>. If there is any sequence of bytes |
|
3002
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
that can complete the input partial character in such a way that a |
|
3003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
non-prohibited character is formed, the function returns TRUE; otherwise FALSE. |
|
3004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-character code points cannot be determined based on partial character |
|
3005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
input, so TRUE is always returned if C looks like it could be the beginning |
|
3006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
on one of those. But many of the other possible excluded types can be |
|
3007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
determined from just the first one or two bytes. |
|
3008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=cut |
|
3010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/ |
|
3011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define is_utf8_valid_partial_char(s, e) \ |
|
3012
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
is_utf8_valid_partial_char_flags(s, e, 0) |
|
3013
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3014
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE bool |
|
3015
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_is_utf8_valid_partial_char_flags(const U8 * const s0, const U8 * const e, const U32 flags) |
|
3016
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
3017
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_IS_UTF8_VALID_PARTIAL_CHAR_FLAGS; |
|
3018
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(0 == (flags & ~UTF8_DISALLOW_ILLEGAL_INTERCHANGE)); |
|
3019
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3020
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_IS_UTF8_CHAR_DFA(s0, e, PL_extended_utf8_dfa_tab, |
|
3021
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DFA_RETURN_FAILURE_, |
|
3022
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DFA_TEASE_APART_FF_, |
|
3023
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOOP); |
|
3024
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3025
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* The NOOP above causes the DFA to drop down here iff the input was a |
|
3026
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* partial character. flags=0 => can return TRUE immediately; otherwise we |
|
3027
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* need to check (not inline) if the partial character is the beginning of |
|
3028
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* a disallowed one */ |
|
3029
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (flags == 0) { |
|
3030
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE; |
|
3031
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3032
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3033
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return cBOOL(is_utf8_char_helper_(s0, e, flags)); |
|
3034
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3035
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef HAS_EXTRA_LONG_UTF8 |
|
3036
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3037
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tease_apart_FF: |
|
3038
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3039
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Getting here means the input is either malformed, or, in the case of |
|
3040
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* PL_extended_utf8_dfa_tab, was for the largest possible start byte. The |
|
3041
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* latter case has to be extended UTF-8, so can fail immediately if that is |
|
3042
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* forbidden */ |
|
3043
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3044
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( *s0 != I8_TO_NATIVE_UTF8(0xFF) |
|
3045
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|| (flags & (UTF8_DISALLOW_SUPER|UTF8_DISALLOW_PERL_EXTENDED))) |
|
3046
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
3047
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
3048
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3049
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3050
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return is_utf8_FF_helper_(s0, e, |
|
3051
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TRUE /* Require to be a partial character */ |
|
3052
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
); |
|
3053
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
3054
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3055
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3056
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3057
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
3058
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3059
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc is_utf8_fixed_width_buf_flags |
|
3060
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc_item is_utf8_fixed_width_buf_loc_flags |
|
3061
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc_item is_utf8_fixed_width_buf_loclen_flags |
|
3062
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3063
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
These each return TRUE if the fixed-width buffer starting at C with length |
|
3064
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C is entirely valid UTF-8, subject to the restrictions given by C; |
|
3065
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
otherwise they return FALSE. |
|
3066
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3067
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If C is 0, any well-formed UTF-8, as extended by Perl, is accepted |
|
3068
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
without restriction. If the final few bytes of the buffer do not form a |
|
3069
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
complete code point, this will return TRUE anyway, provided that |
|
3070
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C> returns TRUE for them. |
|
3071
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3072
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C can be zero or any combination of the C> flags |
|
3073
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
accepted by C>, and with the same meanings. |
|
3074
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3075
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The functions differ from C> only in that the latter |
|
3076
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
returns FALSE if the final few bytes of the string don't form a complete code |
|
3077
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
point. |
|
3078
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3079
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C> does all the preceding, but takes an |
|
3080
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
extra parameter, C into which it stores the location of the failure, if |
|
3081
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C is not NULL. If instead the function returns TRUE, C<*ep> will point to |
|
3082
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
the beginning of any partial character at the end of the buffer; if there is no |
|
3083
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
partial character C<*ep> will contain C+C. |
|
3084
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3085
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C> does all the preceding, but takes |
|
3086
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
another extra parameter, C into which it stores the number of complete, |
|
3087
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
valid characters found, if C is not NULL. |
|
3088
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3089
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=cut |
|
3090
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/ |
|
3091
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define is_utf8_fixed_width_buf_flags(s, len, flags) \ |
|
3092
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
is_utf8_fixed_width_buf_loclen_flags(s, len, 0, 0, flags) |
|
3093
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3094
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define is_utf8_fixed_width_buf_loc_flags(s, len, loc, flags) \ |
|
3095
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
is_utf8_fixed_width_buf_loclen_flags(s, len, loc, 0, flags) |
|
3096
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3097
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE bool |
|
3098
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_is_utf8_fixed_width_buf_loclen_flags(const U8 * const s, |
|
3099
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
STRLEN len, |
|
3100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const U8 **ep, |
|
3101
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
STRLEN *el, |
|
3102
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const U32 flags) |
|
3103
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
3104
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const U8 * maybe_partial; |
|
3105
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3106
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_IS_UTF8_FIXED_WIDTH_BUF_LOCLEN_FLAGS; |
|
3107
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3108
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (! ep) { |
|
3109
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ep = &maybe_partial; |
|
3110
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3111
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3112
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If it's entirely valid, return that; otherwise see if the only error is |
|
3113
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* that the final few bytes are for a partial character */ |
|
3114
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return is_utf8_string_loclen_flags(s, len, ep, el, flags) |
|
3115
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|| is_utf8_valid_partial_char_flags(*ep, s + len, flags); |
|
3116
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3117
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3118
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE bool |
|
3119
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_utf8_to_uv_msgs(const U8 * const s0, |
|
3120
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const U8 * const e, |
|
3121
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UV * cp_p, |
|
3122
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Size_t *advance_p, |
|
3123
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U32 flags, |
|
3124
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U32 * errors, |
|
3125
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AV ** msgs) |
|
3126
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
3127
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_UTF8_TO_UV_MSGS; |
|
3128
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3129
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* This is the inlined portion of utf8_to_uv_msgs. It handles the simple |
|
3130
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* cases, and, if necessary calls a helper function to deal with the more |
|
3131
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* complex ones. Almost all well-formed non-problematic code points are |
|
3132
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* considered simple, so that it's unlikely that the helper function will |
|
3133
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* need to be called. */ |
|
3134
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3135
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Assume that isn't malformed; the vast majority of calls won't be */ |
|
3136
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (errors) { |
|
3137
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*errors = 0; |
|
3138
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3139
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (msgs) { |
|
3140
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*msgs = NULL; |
|
3141
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3142
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3143
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3144
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* No calls from core pass in an empty string; non-core need a check */ |
|
3145
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef PERL_CORE |
|
3146
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(e > s0); |
|
3147
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#else |
|
3148
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (LIKELY(e > s0)) |
|
3149
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
3150
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3151
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
3152
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* UTF-8 invariants are returned unchanged. The code below is quite |
|
3153
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* capable of handling this, but this shortcuts this very common case |
|
3154
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* */ |
|
3155
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (UTF8_IS_INVARIANT(*s0)) { |
|
3156
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (advance_p) { |
|
3157
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*advance_p = 1; |
|
3158
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3159
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3160
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*cp_p = *s0; |
|
3161
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return true; |
|
3162
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3163
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3164
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const U8 * s = s0; |
|
3165
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3166
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* This dfa is fast. If it accepts the input, it was for a |
|
3167
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* well-formed, non-problematic code point, which can be returned |
|
3168
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* immediately. Otherwise we call a helper function to figure out the |
|
3169
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* more complicated cases. |
|
3170
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
3171
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* It is an adaptation of the tables and algorithm given in |
|
3172
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* https://bjoern.hoehrmann.de/utf-8/decoder/dfa/, which provides |
|
3173
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* comprehensive documentation of the original version. A copyright |
|
3174
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* notice for the original version is given at the beginning of this |
|
3175
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* file. The Perl adaptation is documented at the definition of |
|
3176
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* PL_strict_utf8_dfa_tab[]. |
|
3177
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
3178
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* The terminology of the dfa refers to a 'class'. The variable 'type' |
|
3179
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* would have been named 'class' except that is a reserved word in C++ |
|
3180
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
3181
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* The table can be a U16 on EBCDIC platforms, so 'state' is declared |
|
3182
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* as U16; 'type' is likely to never occupy more than 5 bits. */ |
|
3183
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_UINT_FAST8_T type = PL_strict_utf8_dfa_tab[*s]; |
|
3184
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_UINT_FAST16_T state = PL_strict_utf8_dfa_tab[256 + type]; |
|
3185
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UV uv = (0xff >> type) & NATIVE_UTF8_TO_I8(*s); |
|
3186
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3187
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while (state > 1 && ++s < e) { |
|
3188
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
type = PL_strict_utf8_dfa_tab[*s]; |
|
3189
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
state = PL_strict_utf8_dfa_tab[256 + state + type]; |
|
3190
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3191
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
uv = UTF8_ACCUMULATE(uv, *s); |
|
3192
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3193
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3194
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (LIKELY(state == 0)) { |
|
3195
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (advance_p) { |
|
3196
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*advance_p = s - s0 + 1; |
|
3197
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3198
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3199
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*cp_p = UNI_TO_NATIVE(uv); |
|
3200
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return true; |
|
3201
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3202
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3203
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3204
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Here is potentially problematic. Use the full mechanism */ |
|
3205
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return utf8_to_uv_msgs_helper_(s0, e, cp_p, advance_p, flags, errors, msgs); |
|
3206
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3207
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3208
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE UV |
|
3209
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_utf8_to_uv_or_die(const U8 *s, const U8 *e, STRLEN *advance_p) |
|
3210
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
3211
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_UTF8_TO_UV_OR_DIE; |
|
3212
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3213
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UV cp; |
|
3214
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(void) utf8_to_uv_flags(s, e, &cp, advance_p, UTF8_DIE_IF_MALFORMED); |
|
3215
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return cp; |
|
3216
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3217
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3218
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE UV |
|
3219
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_utf8n_to_uvchr_msgs(const U8 * const s0, |
|
3220
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
STRLEN curlen, |
|
3221
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
STRLEN *retlen, |
|
3222
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U32 flags, |
|
3223
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U32 * errors, |
|
3224
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AV ** msgs) |
|
3225
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
3226
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_UTF8N_TO_UVCHR_MSGS; |
|
3227
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3228
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UV cp; |
|
3229
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (LIKELY(utf8_to_uv_msgs(s0, s0 + curlen, &cp, retlen, flags, errors, |
|
3230
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
msgs))) |
|
3231
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
3232
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return cp; |
|
3233
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3234
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3235
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ((flags & UTF8_CHECK_ONLY) && retlen) { |
|
3236
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*retlen = ((STRLEN) -1); |
|
3237
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3238
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3239
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 0; |
|
3240
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3241
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3242
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3243
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE UV |
|
3244
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_utf8_to_uvchr_buf(pTHX_ const U8 *s, const U8 *send, STRLEN *retlen) |
|
3245
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
3246
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_UTF8_TO_UVCHR_BUF; |
|
3247
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3248
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UV cp; |
|
3249
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3250
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* When everything is legal, just return that; but when not: |
|
3251
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* 1) if warnings are enabled return 0 and retlen to -1 |
|
3252
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* 2) if warnings are disabled, set 'flags' to accept any malformation, |
|
3253
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* but that will just cause the REPLACEMENT CHARACTER to be returned, |
|
3254
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* as the documentation indicates. EMPTY is not really allowed, and |
|
3255
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* asserts on debugging builds. But on non-debugging we have to deal |
|
3256
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* with it. |
|
3257
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* This API means 0 can mean a legal NUL, or the input is malformed; and |
|
3258
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* the caller has to know if warnings are disabled to know if it can rely on |
|
3259
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* 'retlen'. Best to use utf8_to_uv() instead */ |
|
3260
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U32 flags = (ckWARN_d(WARN_UTF8)) ? 0 : (UTF8_ALLOW_ANY | UTF8_ALLOW_EMPTY); |
|
3261
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3262
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( LIKELY(utf8_to_uv_flags(s, send, &cp, retlen, flags)) |
|
3263
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|| flags) |
|
3264
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
3265
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return cp; |
|
3266
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3267
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3268
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (retlen) { |
|
3269
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*retlen = (STRLEN) -1; |
|
3270
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3271
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3272
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 0; |
|
3273
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3274
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3275
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE U8 * |
|
3276
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_uv_to_utf8(pTHX_ U8 *d, UV uv) |
|
3277
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
3278
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return uv_to_utf8_msgs(d, uv, 0, 0); |
|
3279
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3280
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3281
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE U8 * |
|
3282
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_uv_to_utf8_flags(pTHX_ U8 *d, UV uv, UV flags) |
|
3283
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
3284
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return uv_to_utf8_msgs(d, uv, flags, 0); |
|
3285
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3286
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3287
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE U8 * |
|
3288
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_uv_to_utf8_msgs(pTHX_ U8 *d, UV uv, UV flags , HV **msgs) |
|
3289
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
3290
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return uvoffuni_to_utf8_flags_msgs(d, NATIVE_TO_UNI(uv), flags, msgs); |
|
3291
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3292
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3293
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ------------------------------- perl.h ----------------------------- */ |
|
3294
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3295
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
3296
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc_section $utility |
|
3297
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3298
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc is_safe_syscall |
|
3299
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3300
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Test that the given C (with length C) doesn't contain any internal |
|
3301
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C characters. |
|
3302
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If it does, set C to C, optionally warn using the C |
|
3303
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
category, and return FALSE. |
|
3304
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3305
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Return TRUE if the name is safe. |
|
3306
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3307
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C and C are used in any warning. |
|
3308
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3309
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Used by the C macro. |
|
3310
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3311
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=cut |
|
3312
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/ |
|
3313
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3314
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE bool |
|
3315
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_is_safe_syscall(pTHX_ const char *pv, STRLEN len, const char *what, const char *op_name) |
|
3316
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
3317
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* While the Windows CE API provides only UCS-16 (or UTF-16) APIs |
|
3318
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* perl itself uses xce*() functions which accept 8-bit strings. |
|
3319
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/ |
|
3320
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3321
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_IS_SAFE_SYSCALL; |
|
3322
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3323
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (len > 1) { |
|
3324
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
char *null_at; |
|
3325
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (UNLIKELY((null_at = (char *)memchr(pv, 0, len-1)) != NULL)) { |
|
3326
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SETERRNO(ENOENT, LIB_INVARG); |
|
3327
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_ck_warner(aTHX_ packWARN(WARN_SYSCALLS), |
|
3328
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
"Invalid \\0 character in %s for %s: %s\\0%s", |
|
3329
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
what, op_name, pv, null_at+1); |
|
3330
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
3331
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3332
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3333
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3334
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE; |
|
3335
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3336
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3337
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
3338
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3339
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Return true if the supplied filename has a newline character |
|
3340
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
immediately before the first (hopefully only) NUL. |
|
3341
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3342
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
My original look at this incorrectly used the len from SvPV(), but |
|
3343
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
that's incorrect, since we allow for a NUL in pv[len-1]. |
|
3344
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3345
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
So instead, strlen() and work from there. |
|
3346
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3347
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This allow for the user reading a filename, forgetting to chomp it, |
|
3348
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
then calling: |
|
3349
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3350
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
open my $foo, "$file\0"; |
|
3351
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3352
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/ |
|
3353
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3354
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef PERL_CORE |
|
3355
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3356
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE bool |
|
3357
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
S_should_warn_nl(const char *pv) |
|
3358
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
3359
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
STRLEN len; |
|
3360
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3361
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SHOULD_WARN_NL; |
|
3362
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3363
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
len = strlen(pv); |
|
3364
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3365
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return len > 0 && pv[len-1] == '\n'; |
|
3366
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3367
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3368
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
3369
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3370
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined(PERL_IN_PP_C) || defined(PERL_IN_PP_HOT_C) |
|
3371
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3372
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE bool |
|
3373
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
S_lossless_NV_to_IV(const NV nv, IV *ivp) |
|
3374
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
3375
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* This function determines if the input NV 'nv' may be converted without |
|
3376
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* loss of data to an IV. If not, it returns FALSE taking no other action. |
|
3377
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* But if it is possible, it does the conversion, returning TRUE, and |
|
3378
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* storing the converted result in '*ivp' */ |
|
3379
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3380
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_LOSSLESS_NV_TO_IV; |
|
3381
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3382
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# if defined(NAN_COMPARE_BROKEN) && defined(Perl_isnan) |
|
3383
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Normally any comparison with a NaN returns false; if we can't rely |
|
3384
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* on that behaviour, check explicitly */ |
|
3385
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (UNLIKELY(Perl_isnan(nv))) { |
|
3386
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
3387
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3388
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# endif |
|
3389
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3390
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# ifndef NV_PRESERVES_UV |
|
3391
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
STATIC_ASSERT_STMT(((UV)1 << NV_PRESERVES_UV_BITS) - 1 <= (UV)IV_MAX); |
|
3392
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# endif |
|
3393
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3394
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Written this way so that with an always-false NaN comparison we |
|
3395
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* return false */ |
|
3396
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( |
|
3397
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# ifdef NV_PRESERVES_UV |
|
3398
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIKELY(nv >= (NV) IV_MIN) && LIKELY(nv < IV_MAX_P1) && |
|
3399
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# else |
|
3400
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If the condition below is not satisfied, lower bits of nv's |
|
3401
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* integral part is already lost and accurate conversion to integer |
|
3402
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* is impossible. |
|
3403
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Note this should be consistent with S_sv_2iuv_common in sv.c. */ |
|
3404
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_fabs(nv) < (NV) ((UV)1 << NV_PRESERVES_UV_BITS) && |
|
3405
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# endif |
|
3406
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(IV) nv == nv) { |
|
3407
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*ivp = (IV) nv; |
|
3408
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE; |
|
3409
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3410
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
3411
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3412
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3413
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
3414
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3415
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ------------------ pp.c, regcomp.c, toke.c, universal.c ------------ */ |
|
3416
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3417
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined(PERL_IN_PP_C) || defined(PERL_IN_REGCOMP_ANY) || defined(PERL_IN_TOKE_C) || defined(PERL_IN_UNIVERSAL_C) |
|
3418
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3419
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define MAX_CHARSET_NAME_LENGTH 2 |
|
3420
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3421
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE const char * |
|
3422
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
S_get_regex_charset_name(const U32 flags, STRLEN* const lenp) |
|
3423
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
3424
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_GET_REGEX_CHARSET_NAME; |
|
3425
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3426
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Returns a string that corresponds to the name of the regex character set |
|
3427
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* given by 'flags', and *lenp is set the length of that string, which |
|
3428
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* cannot exceed MAX_CHARSET_NAME_LENGTH characters */ |
|
3429
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3430
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*lenp = 1; |
|
3431
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
switch (get_regex_charset(flags)) { |
|
3432
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case REGEX_DEPENDS_CHARSET: return DEPENDS_PAT_MODS; |
|
3433
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case REGEX_LOCALE_CHARSET: return LOCALE_PAT_MODS; |
|
3434
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case REGEX_UNICODE_CHARSET: return UNICODE_PAT_MODS; |
|
3435
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case REGEX_ASCII_RESTRICTED_CHARSET: return ASCII_RESTRICT_PAT_MODS; |
|
3436
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case REGEX_ASCII_MORE_RESTRICTED_CHARSET: |
|
3437
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*lenp = 2; |
|
3438
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return ASCII_MORE_RESTRICT_PAT_MODS; |
|
3439
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3440
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* The NOT_REACHED; hides an assert() which has a rather complex |
|
3441
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* definition in perl.h. */ |
|
3442
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOT_REACHED; /* NOTREACHED */ |
|
3443
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return "?"; /* Unknown */ |
|
3444
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3445
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3446
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
3447
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3448
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
3449
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3450
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Return false if any get magic is on the SV other than taint magic. |
|
3451
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3452
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/ |
|
3453
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3454
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE bool |
|
3455
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_sv_only_taint_gmagic(SV *sv) |
|
3456
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
3457
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MAGIC *mg = SvMAGIC(sv); |
|
3458
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3459
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_ONLY_TAINT_GMAGIC; |
|
3460
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3461
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while (mg) { |
|
3462
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (mg->mg_type != PERL_MAGIC_taint |
|
3463
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
&& !(mg->mg_flags & MGf_GSKIP) |
|
3464
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
&& mg->mg_virtual->svt_get) { |
|
3465
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
3466
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3467
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
mg = mg->mg_moremagic; |
|
3468
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3469
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3470
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE; |
|
3471
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3472
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3473
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ------------------ cop.h ------------------------------------------- */ |
|
3474
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3475
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* implement GIMME_V() macro */ |
|
3476
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3477
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE U8 |
|
3478
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_gimme_V(pTHX) |
|
3479
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
3480
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
I32 cxix; |
|
3481
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U8 gimme = (PL_op->op_flags & OPf_WANT); |
|
3482
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3483
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (gimme) |
|
3484
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return gimme; |
|
3485
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cxix = PL_curstackinfo->si_cxsubix; |
|
3486
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (cxix < 0) |
|
3487
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return PL_curstackinfo->si_type == PERLSI_SORT ? G_SCALAR: G_VOID; |
|
3488
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(cxstack[cxix].blk_gimme & G_WANT); |
|
3489
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (cxstack[cxix].blk_gimme & G_WANT); |
|
3490
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3491
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3492
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3493
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Enter a block. Push a new base context and return its address. */ |
|
3494
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3495
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE PERL_CONTEXT * |
|
3496
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_cx_pushblock(pTHX_ U8 type, U8 gimme, SV** sp, I32 saveix) |
|
3497
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
3498
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_CONTEXT * cx; |
|
3499
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_CX_PUSHBLOCK; |
|
3501
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3502
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CXINC; |
|
3503
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cx = CX_CUR(); |
|
3504
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cx->cx_type = type; |
|
3505
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cx->blk_gimme = gimme; |
|
3506
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cx->blk_oldsaveix = saveix; |
|
3507
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cx->blk_oldsp = (Stack_off_t)(sp - PL_stack_base); |
|
3508
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(cxstack_ix <= 0 |
|
3509
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|| CxTYPE(cx-1) == CXt_SUBST |
|
3510
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|| cx->blk_oldsp >= (cx-1)->blk_oldsp); |
|
3511
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cx->blk_oldcop = PL_curcop; |
|
3512
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cx->blk_oldmarksp = (I32)(PL_markstack_ptr - PL_markstack); |
|
3513
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cx->blk_oldscopesp = PL_scopestack_ix; |
|
3514
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cx->blk_oldpm = PL_curpm; |
|
3515
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cx->blk_old_tmpsfloor = PL_tmps_floor; |
|
3516
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3517
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PL_tmps_floor = PL_tmps_ix; |
|
3518
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CX_DEBUG(cx, "PUSH"); |
|
3519
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return cx; |
|
3520
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3521
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3522
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3523
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Exit a block (RETURN and LAST). */ |
|
3524
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3525
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE void |
|
3526
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_cx_popblock(pTHX_ PERL_CONTEXT *cx) |
|
3527
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
3528
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_CX_POPBLOCK; |
|
3529
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3530
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CX_DEBUG(cx, "POP"); |
|
3531
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* these 3 are common to cx_popblock and cx_topblock */ |
|
3532
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PL_markstack_ptr = PL_markstack + cx->blk_oldmarksp; |
|
3533
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PL_scopestack_ix = cx->blk_oldscopesp; |
|
3534
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PL_curpm = cx->blk_oldpm; |
|
3535
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3536
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* LEAVE_SCOPE() should have made this true. /(?{})/ cheats |
|
3537
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* and leaves a CX entry lying around for repeated use, so |
|
3538
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* skip for multicall */ \ |
|
3539
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert( (CxTYPE(cx) == CXt_SUB && CxMULTICALL(cx)) |
|
3540
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|| PL_savestack_ix == cx->blk_oldsaveix); |
|
3541
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PL_curcop = cx->blk_oldcop; |
|
3542
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PL_tmps_floor = cx->blk_old_tmpsfloor; |
|
3543
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3544
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3545
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Continue a block elsewhere (e.g. NEXT, REDO, GOTO). |
|
3546
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Whereas cx_popblock() restores the state to the point just before |
|
3547
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* cx_pushblock() was called, cx_topblock() restores it to the point just |
|
3548
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* *after* cx_pushblock() was called. */ |
|
3549
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3550
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE void |
|
3551
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_cx_topblock(pTHX_ PERL_CONTEXT *cx) |
|
3552
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
3553
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_CX_TOPBLOCK; |
|
3554
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3555
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CX_DEBUG(cx, "TOP"); |
|
3556
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* these 3 are common to cx_popblock and cx_topblock */ |
|
3557
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PL_markstack_ptr = PL_markstack + cx->blk_oldmarksp; |
|
3558
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PL_scopestack_ix = cx->blk_oldscopesp; |
|
3559
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PL_curpm = cx->blk_oldpm; |
|
3560
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_rpp_popfree_to(aTHX_ PL_stack_base + cx->blk_oldsp); |
|
3561
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3562
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3563
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3564
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE void |
|
3565
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_cx_pushsub(pTHX_ PERL_CONTEXT *cx, CV *cv, OP *retop, bool hasargs) |
|
3566
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
3567
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U8 phlags = CX_PUSHSUB_GET_LVALUE_MASK(Perl_was_lvalue_sub); |
|
3568
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3569
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_CX_PUSHSUB; |
|
3570
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3571
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_DTRACE_PROBE_ENTRY(cv); |
|
3572
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cx->blk_sub.old_cxsubix = PL_curstackinfo->si_cxsubix; |
|
3573
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PL_curstackinfo->si_cxsubix = (I32)(cx - PL_curstackinfo->si_cxstack); |
|
3574
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cx->blk_sub.cv = cv; |
|
3575
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cx->blk_sub.olddepth = CvDEPTH(cv); |
|
3576
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cx->blk_sub.prevcomppad = PL_comppad; |
|
3577
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cx->cx_type |= (hasargs) ? CXp_HASARGS : 0; |
|
3578
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cx->blk_sub.retop = retop; |
|
3579
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SvREFCNT_inc_simple_void_NN(cv); |
|
3580
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cx->blk_u16 = PL_op->op_private & (phlags|OPpDEREF); |
|
3581
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3582
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3583
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3584
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* subsets of cx_popsub() */ |
|
3585
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3586
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE void |
|
3587
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_cx_popsub_common(pTHX_ PERL_CONTEXT *cx) |
|
3588
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
3589
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CV *cv; |
|
3590
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3591
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_CX_POPSUB_COMMON; |
|
3592
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(CxTYPE(cx) == CXt_SUB); |
|
3593
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3594
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PL_comppad = cx->blk_sub.prevcomppad; |
|
3595
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PL_curpad = LIKELY(PL_comppad != NULL) ? AvARRAY(PL_comppad) : NULL; |
|
3596
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cv = cx->blk_sub.cv; |
|
3597
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CvDEPTH(cv) = cx->blk_sub.olddepth; |
|
3598
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cx->blk_sub.cv = NULL; |
|
3599
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SvREFCNT_dec(cv); |
|
3600
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PL_curstackinfo->si_cxsubix = cx->blk_sub.old_cxsubix; |
|
3601
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3602
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3603
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3604
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* handle the @_ part of leaving a sub */ |
|
3605
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3606
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE void |
|
3607
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_cx_popsub_args(pTHX_ PERL_CONTEXT *cx) |
|
3608
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
3609
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AV *av; |
|
3610
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3611
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_CX_POPSUB_ARGS; |
|
3612
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(CxTYPE(cx) == CXt_SUB); |
|
3613
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(AvARRAY(MUTABLE_AV( |
|
3614
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PadlistARRAY(CvPADLIST(cx->blk_sub.cv))[ |
|
3615
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CvDEPTH(cx->blk_sub.cv)])) == PL_curpad); |
|
3616
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3617
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CX_POP_SAVEARRAY(cx); |
|
3618
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
av = MUTABLE_AV(PAD_SVl(0)); |
|
3619
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!SvMAGICAL(av) && SvREFCNT(av) == 1 |
|
3620
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef PERL_RC_STACK |
|
3621
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
&& !AvREAL(av) |
|
3622
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
3623
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
) |
|
3624
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
clear_defarray_simple(av); |
|
3625
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
else |
|
3626
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* abandon @_ if it got reified */ |
|
3627
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
clear_defarray(av, 0); |
|
3628
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3629
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3630
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3631
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE void |
|
3632
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_cx_popsub(pTHX_ PERL_CONTEXT *cx) |
|
3633
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
3634
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_CX_POPSUB; |
|
3635
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(CxTYPE(cx) == CXt_SUB); |
|
3636
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3637
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_DTRACE_PROBE_RETURN(cx->blk_sub.cv); |
|
3638
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3639
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (CxHASARGS(cx)) |
|
3640
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cx_popsub_args(cx); |
|
3641
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cx_popsub_common(cx); |
|
3642
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3643
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3644
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3645
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE void |
|
3646
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_cx_pushformat(pTHX_ PERL_CONTEXT *cx, CV *cv, OP *retop, GV *gv) |
|
3647
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
3648
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_CX_PUSHFORMAT; |
|
3649
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3650
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cx->blk_format.old_cxsubix = PL_curstackinfo->si_cxsubix; |
|
3651
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PL_curstackinfo->si_cxsubix= (I32)(cx - PL_curstackinfo->si_cxstack); |
|
3652
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cx->blk_format.cv = cv; |
|
3653
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cx->blk_format.retop = retop; |
|
3654
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cx->blk_format.gv = gv; |
|
3655
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cx->blk_format.dfoutgv = PL_defoutgv; |
|
3656
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cx->blk_format.prevcomppad = PL_comppad; |
|
3657
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cx->blk_u16 = 0; |
|
3658
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3659
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SvREFCNT_inc_simple_void_NN(cv); |
|
3660
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CvDEPTH(cv)++; |
|
3661
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SvREFCNT_inc_void(cx->blk_format.dfoutgv); |
|
3662
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3663
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3664
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3665
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE void |
|
3666
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_cx_popformat(pTHX_ PERL_CONTEXT *cx) |
|
3667
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
3668
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CV *cv; |
|
3669
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GV *dfout; |
|
3670
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3671
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_CX_POPFORMAT; |
|
3672
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(CxTYPE(cx) == CXt_FORMAT); |
|
3673
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3674
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dfout = cx->blk_format.dfoutgv; |
|
3675
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
setdefout(dfout); |
|
3676
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cx->blk_format.dfoutgv = NULL; |
|
3677
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SvREFCNT_dec_NN(dfout); |
|
3678
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3679
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PL_comppad = cx->blk_format.prevcomppad; |
|
3680
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PL_curpad = LIKELY(PL_comppad != NULL) ? AvARRAY(PL_comppad) : NULL; |
|
3681
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cv = cx->blk_format.cv; |
|
3682
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cx->blk_format.cv = NULL; |
|
3683
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
--CvDEPTH(cv); |
|
3684
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SvREFCNT_dec_NN(cv); |
|
3685
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PL_curstackinfo->si_cxsubix = cx->blk_format.old_cxsubix; |
|
3686
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3687
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3688
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3689
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE void |
|
3690
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_push_evalortry_common(pTHX_ PERL_CONTEXT *cx, OP *retop, SV *namesv) |
|
3691
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
3692
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cx->blk_eval.retop = retop; |
|
3693
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cx->blk_eval.old_namesv = namesv; |
|
3694
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cx->blk_eval.old_eval_root = PL_eval_root; |
|
3695
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cx->blk_eval.cur_text = PL_parser ? PL_parser->linestr : NULL; |
|
3696
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cx->blk_eval.cv = NULL; /* later set by doeval_compile() */ |
|
3697
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cx->blk_eval.cur_top_env = PL_top_env; |
|
3698
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3699
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(!(PL_in_eval & ~ 0x3F)); |
|
3700
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(!(PL_op->op_type & ~0x1FF)); |
|
3701
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cx->blk_u16 = (PL_in_eval & 0x3F) | ((U16)PL_op->op_type << 7); |
|
3702
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3703
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3704
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE void |
|
3705
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_cx_pusheval(pTHX_ PERL_CONTEXT *cx, OP *retop, SV *namesv) |
|
3706
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
3707
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_CX_PUSHEVAL; |
|
3708
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3709
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_push_evalortry_common(aTHX_ cx, retop, namesv); |
|
3710
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3711
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cx->blk_eval.old_cxsubix = PL_curstackinfo->si_cxsubix; |
|
3712
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PL_curstackinfo->si_cxsubix = (I32)(cx - PL_curstackinfo->si_cxstack); |
|
3713
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3714
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3715
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE void |
|
3716
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_cx_pushtry(pTHX_ PERL_CONTEXT *cx, OP *retop) |
|
3717
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
3718
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_CX_PUSHTRY; |
|
3719
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3720
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_push_evalortry_common(aTHX_ cx, retop, NULL); |
|
3721
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3722
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Don't actually change it, just store the current value so it's restored |
|
3723
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* by the common popeval */ |
|
3724
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cx->blk_eval.old_cxsubix = PL_curstackinfo->si_cxsubix; |
|
3725
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3726
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3727
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3728
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE void |
|
3729
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_cx_popeval(pTHX_ PERL_CONTEXT *cx) |
|
3730
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
3731
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SV *sv; |
|
3732
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3733
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_CX_POPEVAL; |
|
3734
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(CxTYPE(cx) == CXt_EVAL); |
|
3735
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3736
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PL_in_eval = CxOLD_IN_EVAL(cx); |
|
3737
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(!(PL_in_eval & 0xc0)); |
|
3738
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PL_eval_root = cx->blk_eval.old_eval_root; |
|
3739
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
sv = cx->blk_eval.cur_text; |
|
3740
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (sv && CxEVAL_TXT_REFCNTED(cx)) { |
|
3741
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cx->blk_eval.cur_text = NULL; |
|
3742
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SvREFCNT_dec_NN(sv); |
|
3743
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3744
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3745
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
sv = cx->blk_eval.old_namesv; |
|
3746
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (sv) { |
|
3747
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cx->blk_eval.old_namesv = NULL; |
|
3748
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SvREFCNT_dec_NN(sv); |
|
3749
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3750
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PL_curstackinfo->si_cxsubix = cx->blk_eval.old_cxsubix; |
|
3751
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3752
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3753
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3754
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* push a plain loop, i.e. |
|
3755
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* { block } |
|
3756
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* while (cond) { block } |
|
3757
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* for (init;cond;continue) { block } |
|
3758
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* This loop can be last/redo'ed etc. |
|
3759
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/ |
|
3760
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3761
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE void |
|
3762
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_cx_pushloop_plain(pTHX_ PERL_CONTEXT *cx) |
|
3763
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
3764
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_CX_PUSHLOOP_PLAIN; |
|
3765
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cx->blk_loop.my_op = cLOOP; |
|
3766
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3767
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3768
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3769
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* push a true for loop, i.e. |
|
3770
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* for var (list) { block } |
|
3771
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/ |
|
3772
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3773
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE void |
|
3774
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_cx_pushloop_for(pTHX_ PERL_CONTEXT *cx, void *itervarp, SV* itersave) |
|
3775
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
3776
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_CX_PUSHLOOP_FOR; |
|
3777
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3778
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* this one line is common with cx_pushloop_plain */ |
|
3779
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cx->blk_loop.my_op = cLOOP; |
|
3780
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3781
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cx->blk_loop.itervar_u.svp = (SV**)itervarp; |
|
3782
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cx->blk_loop.itersave = itersave; |
|
3783
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef USE_ITHREADS |
|
3784
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cx->blk_loop.oldcomppad = PL_comppad; |
|
3785
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
3786
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3787
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3788
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3789
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* pop all loop types, including plain */ |
|
3790
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3791
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE void |
|
3792
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_cx_poploop(pTHX_ PERL_CONTEXT *cx) |
|
3793
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
3794
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_CX_POPLOOP; |
|
3795
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3796
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(CxTYPE_is_LOOP(cx)); |
|
3797
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( CxTYPE(cx) == CXt_LOOP_ARY |
|
3798
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|| CxTYPE(cx) == CXt_LOOP_LAZYSV) |
|
3799
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
3800
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Free ary or cur. This assumes that state_u.ary.ary |
|
3801
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* aligns with state_u.lazysv.cur. See cx_dup() */ |
|
3802
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SV *sv = cx->blk_loop.state_u.lazysv.cur; |
|
3803
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cx->blk_loop.state_u.lazysv.cur = NULL; |
|
3804
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SvREFCNT_dec_NN(sv); |
|
3805
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (CxTYPE(cx) == CXt_LOOP_LAZYSV) { |
|
3806
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
sv = cx->blk_loop.state_u.lazysv.end; |
|
3807
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cx->blk_loop.state_u.lazysv.end = NULL; |
|
3808
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SvREFCNT_dec_NN(sv); |
|
3809
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3810
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3811
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (cx->cx_type & (CXp_FOR_PAD|CXp_FOR_GV)) { |
|
3812
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SV *cursv; |
|
3813
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SV **svp = (cx)->blk_loop.itervar_u.svp; |
|
3814
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ((cx->cx_type & CXp_FOR_GV)) |
|
3815
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
svp = &GvSV((GV*)svp); |
|
3816
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cursv = *svp; |
|
3817
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*svp = cx->blk_loop.itersave; |
|
3818
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cx->blk_loop.itersave = NULL; |
|
3819
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SvREFCNT_dec(cursv); |
|
3820
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3821
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (cx->cx_type & (CXp_FOR_GV|CXp_FOR_LVREF)) |
|
3822
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SvREFCNT_dec(cx->blk_loop.itervar_u.svp); |
|
3823
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3824
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3825
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3826
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE void |
|
3827
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_cx_pushwhen(pTHX_ PERL_CONTEXT *cx) |
|
3828
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
3829
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_CX_PUSHWHEN; |
|
3830
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3831
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cx->blk_givwhen.leave_op = cLOGOP->op_other; |
|
3832
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3833
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3834
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3835
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE void |
|
3836
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_cx_popwhen(pTHX_ PERL_CONTEXT *cx) |
|
3837
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
3838
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_CX_POPWHEN; |
|
3839
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(CxTYPE(cx) == CXt_WHEN); |
|
3840
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3841
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_UNUSED_ARG(cx); |
|
3842
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_UNUSED_CONTEXT; |
|
3843
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* currently NOOP */ |
|
3844
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3845
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3846
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3847
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE void |
|
3848
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_cx_pushgiven(pTHX_ PERL_CONTEXT *cx, SV *orig_defsv) |
|
3849
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
3850
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_CX_PUSHGIVEN; |
|
3851
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3852
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cx->blk_givwhen.leave_op = cLOGOP->op_other; |
|
3853
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cx->blk_givwhen.defsv_save = orig_defsv; |
|
3854
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3855
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3856
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3857
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE void |
|
3858
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_cx_popgiven(pTHX_ PERL_CONTEXT *cx) |
|
3859
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
3860
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SV *sv; |
|
3861
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3862
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_CX_POPGIVEN; |
|
3863
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(CxTYPE(cx) == CXt_GIVEN); |
|
3864
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3865
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
sv = GvSV(PL_defgv); |
|
3866
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GvSV(PL_defgv) = cx->blk_givwhen.defsv_save; |
|
3867
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cx->blk_givwhen.defsv_save = NULL; |
|
3868
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SvREFCNT_dec(sv); |
|
3869
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3870
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3871
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3872
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Make @_ empty in-place in simple cases: a cheap av_clear(). |
|
3873
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* See Perl_clear_defarray() for non-simple cases */ |
|
3874
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3875
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3876
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE void |
|
3877
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_clear_defarray_simple(pTHX_ AV *av) |
|
3878
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
3879
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_CLEAR_DEFARRAY_SIMPLE; |
|
3880
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3881
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(SvTYPE(av) == SVt_PVAV); |
|
3882
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(!SvREADONLY(av)); |
|
3883
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(!SvMAGICAL(av)); |
|
3884
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(SvREFCNT(av) == 1); |
|
3885
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3886
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef PERL_RC_STACK |
|
3887
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(AvREAL(av)); |
|
3888
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* this code assumes that destructors called here can't free av |
|
3889
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* itself, because pad[0] and/or CX pointers will keep it alive */ |
|
3890
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SSize_t i = AvFILLp(av); |
|
3891
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while (i >= 0) { |
|
3892
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SV *sv = AvARRAY(av)[i]; |
|
3893
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AvARRAY(av)[i--] = NULL; |
|
3894
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SvREFCNT_dec(sv); |
|
3895
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3896
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#else |
|
3897
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(!AvREAL(av)); |
|
3898
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
3899
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AvFILLp(av) = -1; |
|
3900
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_av_remove_offset(aTHX_ av); |
|
3901
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3902
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3903
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Switch to a different argument stack. |
|
3904
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
3905
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Note that it doesn't update PL_curstackinfo->si_stack_nonrc_base, |
|
3906
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* so this should only be used as part of a general switching between |
|
3907
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* stackinfos. |
|
3908
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/ |
|
3909
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3910
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE void |
|
3911
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_switch_argstack(pTHX_ AV *to) |
|
3912
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
3913
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SWITCH_ARGSTACK; |
|
3914
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3915
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AvFILLp(PL_curstack) = PL_stack_sp - PL_stack_base; |
|
3916
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PL_stack_base = AvARRAY(to); |
|
3917
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PL_stack_max = PL_stack_base + AvMAX(to); |
|
3918
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PL_stack_sp = PL_stack_base + AvFILLp(to); |
|
3919
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PL_curstack = to; |
|
3920
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3921
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3922
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3923
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Push, and switch to a new stackinfo, allocating one if none are spare, |
|
3924
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* to get a fresh set of stacks. |
|
3925
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Update all the interpreter variables like PL_curstackinfo, |
|
3926
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* PL_stack_sp, etc. |
|
3927
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* current flag meanings: |
|
3928
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* 1 make the new arg stack AvREAL |
|
3929
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/ |
|
3930
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3931
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3932
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE void |
|
3933
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_push_stackinfo(pTHX_ I32 type, UV flags) |
|
3934
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
3935
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_PUSH_STACKINFO; |
|
3936
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3937
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_SI *next = PL_curstackinfo->si_next; |
|
3938
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEBUG_l({ |
|
3939
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int i = 0; PERL_SI *p = PL_curstackinfo; |
|
3940
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while (p) { i++; p = p->si_prev; } |
|
3941
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_deb(aTHX_ "push STACKINFO %d in %s at %s:%d\n", |
|
3942
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i, SAFE_FUNCTION__, __FILE__, __LINE__); |
|
3943
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
}) |
|
3944
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3945
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!next) { |
|
3946
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
next = new_stackinfo_flags(32, 2048/sizeof(PERL_CONTEXT) - 1, flags); |
|
3947
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
next->si_prev = PL_curstackinfo; |
|
3948
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PL_curstackinfo->si_next = next; |
|
3949
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3950
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
next->si_type = type; |
|
3951
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
next->si_cxix = -1; |
|
3952
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
next->si_cxsubix = -1; |
|
3953
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PUSHSTACK_INIT_HWM(next); |
|
3954
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef PERL_RC_STACK |
|
3955
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
next->si_stack_nonrc_base = 0; |
|
3956
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
3957
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (flags & 1) |
|
3958
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AvREAL_on(next->si_stack); |
|
3959
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
else |
|
3960
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AvREAL_off(next->si_stack); |
|
3961
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AvFILLp(next->si_stack) = 0; |
|
3962
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
switch_argstack(next->si_stack); |
|
3963
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PL_curstackinfo = next; |
|
3964
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SET_MARK_OFFSET; |
|
3965
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3966
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3967
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3968
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Pop, then switch to the previous stackinfo and set of stacks. |
|
3969
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Update all the interpreter variables like PL_curstackinfo, |
|
3970
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* PL_stack_sp, etc. */ |
|
3971
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3972
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE void |
|
3973
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_pop_stackinfo(pTHX) |
|
3974
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
3975
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_POP_STACKINFO; |
|
3976
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3977
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_SI * const prev = PL_curstackinfo->si_prev; |
|
3978
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEBUG_l({ |
|
3979
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int i = -1; PERL_SI *p = PL_curstackinfo; |
|
3980
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while (p) { i++; p = p->si_prev; } |
|
3981
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_deb(aTHX_ "pop STACKINFO %d in %s at %s:%d\n", |
|
3982
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i, SAFE_FUNCTION__, __FILE__, __LINE__);}) |
|
3983
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!prev) { |
|
3984
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_croak_popstack(); |
|
3985
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3986
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3987
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
switch_argstack(prev->si_stack); |
|
3988
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* don't free prev here, free them all at the END{} */ |
|
3989
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PL_curstackinfo = prev; |
|
3990
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
3991
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3992
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3993
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3994
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
3995
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc newPADxVOP |
|
3996
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3997
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Constructs, checks and returns an op containing a pad offset. C is |
|
3998
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
the opcode, which should be one of C, C, C |
|
3999
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
or C. The returned op will have the C field set by |
|
4000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
the C argument. |
|
4001
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4002
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This is convenient when constructing a large optree in nested function |
|
4003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
calls, as it avoids needing to store the pad op directly to set the |
|
4004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C field as a side-effect. For example |
|
4005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
o = op_append_elem(OP_LINESEQ, o, |
|
4007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
newPADxVOP(OP_PADSV, 0, padix)); |
|
4008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=cut |
|
4010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/ |
|
4011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4012
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE OP * |
|
4013
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_newPADxVOP(pTHX_ I32 type, I32 flags, PADOFFSET padix) |
|
4014
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
4015
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_NEWPADXVOP; |
|
4016
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4017
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(type == OP_PADSV || type == OP_PADAV || type == OP_PADHV |
|
4018
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|| type == OP_PADCV); |
|
4019
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OP *o = newOP(type, flags); |
|
4020
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
o->op_targ = padix; |
|
4021
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return o; |
|
4022
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
4023
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4024
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ------------------ util.h ------------------------------------------- */ |
|
4025
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4026
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
4027
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc_section $string |
|
4028
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4029
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc foldEQ |
|
4030
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc_item foldEQ_locale |
|
4031
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4032
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
These each return true if the leading C bytes of the strings C and |
|
4033
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C are the same case-insensitively; false otherwise. |
|
4034
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4035
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In C, uppercase and lowercase ASCII range bytes match themselves and |
|
4036
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
their opposite case counterparts. Non-cased and non-ASCII range bytes match |
|
4037
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
only themselves. |
|
4038
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4039
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In C, the comparison is based on the current locale. |
|
4040
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If that locale is UTF-8, the results are the same as C, leading to |
|
4041
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
incorrect values for non-ASCII range code points. Use C> |
|
4042
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
instead. |
|
4043
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4044
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=cut |
|
4045
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/ |
|
4046
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4047
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE I32 |
|
4048
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_foldEQ(pTHX_ const char *s1, const char *s2, I32 len) |
|
4049
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
4050
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_UNUSED_CONTEXT; |
|
4051
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4052
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const U8 *a = (const U8 *)s1; |
|
4053
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const U8 *b = (const U8 *)s2; |
|
4054
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4055
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_FOLDEQ; |
|
4056
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4057
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(len >= 0); |
|
4058
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4059
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while (len--) { |
|
4060
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (*a != *b && *a != PL_fold[*b]) |
|
4061
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 0; |
|
4062
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
a++,b++; |
|
4063
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
4064
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 1; |
|
4065
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
4066
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4067
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE I32 |
|
4068
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_foldEQ_latin1(pTHX_ const char *s1, const char *s2, I32 len) |
|
4069
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
4070
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Compare non-UTF-8 using Unicode (Latin1) semantics. Works on all folds |
|
4071
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* representable without UTF-8, except for LATIN_SMALL_LETTER_SHARP_S, and |
|
4072
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* does not check for this. Nor does it check that the strings each have |
|
4073
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* at least 'len' characters. */ |
|
4074
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4075
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_UNUSED_CONTEXT; |
|
4076
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4077
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const U8 *a = (const U8 *)s1; |
|
4078
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const U8 *b = (const U8 *)s2; |
|
4079
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4080
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_FOLDEQ_LATIN1; |
|
4081
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4082
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(len >= 0); |
|
4083
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4084
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while (len--) { |
|
4085
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (*a != *b && *a != PL_fold_latin1[*b]) { |
|
4086
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 0; |
|
4087
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
4088
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
a++, b++; |
|
4089
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
4090
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 1; |
|
4091
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
4092
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4093
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE I32 |
|
4094
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_foldEQ_locale(pTHX_ const char *s1, const char *s2, I32 len) |
|
4095
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
4096
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const U8 *a = (const U8 *)s1; |
|
4097
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const U8 *b = (const U8 *)s2; |
|
4098
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4099
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_FOLDEQ_LOCALE; |
|
4100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4101
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(len >= 0); |
|
4102
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4103
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while (len--) { |
|
4104
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (*a != *b && *a != PL_fold_locale[*b]) { |
|
4105
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEBUG_Lv(PerlIO_printf(Perl_debug_log, |
|
4106
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
"%s:%d: Our records indicate %02x is not a fold of %02x" |
|
4107
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
" or its mate %02x\n", |
|
4108
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
__FILE__, __LINE__, *a, *b, PL_fold_locale[*b])); |
|
4109
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4110
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 0; |
|
4111
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
4112
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
a++,b++; |
|
4113
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
4114
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 1; |
|
4115
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
4116
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4117
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
4118
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc_section $string |
|
4119
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc my_strnlen |
|
4120
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4121
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The C library C if available, or a Perl implementation of it. |
|
4122
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4123
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C computes the length of the string, up to C |
|
4124
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bytes. It will never attempt to address more than C |
|
4125
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bytes, making it suitable for use with strings that are not |
|
4126
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
guaranteed to be NUL-terminated. |
|
4127
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4128
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=cut |
|
4129
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4130
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Description stolen from http://man.openbsd.org/strnlen.3, |
|
4131
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
implementation stolen from PostgreSQL. |
|
4132
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/ |
|
4133
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef HAS_STRNLEN |
|
4134
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4135
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE Size_t |
|
4136
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_my_strnlen(const char *str, Size_t maxlen) |
|
4137
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
4138
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_MY_STRNLEN; |
|
4139
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4140
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const char *end = (const char *) memchr(str, '\0', maxlen); |
|
4141
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4142
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (end == NULL) return maxlen; |
|
4143
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return end - str; |
|
4144
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
4145
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4146
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
4147
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4148
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if ! defined (HAS_MEMRCHR) && (defined(PERL_CORE) || defined(PERL_EXT)) |
|
4149
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4150
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE void * |
|
4151
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
S_my_memrchr(const char * s, const char c, const STRLEN len) |
|
4152
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
4153
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* memrchr(), since many platforms lack it */ |
|
4154
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4155
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const char * t = s + len - 1; |
|
4156
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4157
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_MY_MEMRCHR; |
|
4158
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4159
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while (t >= s) { |
|
4160
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (*t == c) { |
|
4161
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (void *) t; |
|
4162
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
4163
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
t--; |
|
4164
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
4165
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4166
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return NULL; |
|
4167
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
4168
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4169
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
4170
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4171
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE char * |
|
4172
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_mortal_getenv(const char * str) |
|
4173
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
4174
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* This implements a (mostly) thread-safe, sequential-call-safe getenv(). |
|
4175
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
4176
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* It's (mostly) thread-safe because it uses a mutex to prevent other |
|
4177
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* threads (that look at this mutex) from destroying the result before this |
|
4178
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* routine has a chance to copy the result to a place that won't be |
|
4179
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* destroyed before the caller gets a chance to handle it. That place is a |
|
4180
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* mortal SV. khw chose this over SAVEFREEPV because he is under the |
|
4181
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* impression that the SV will hang around longer under more circumstances |
|
4182
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
4183
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* The reason it isn't completely thread-safe is that other code could |
|
4184
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* simply not pay attention to the mutex. All of the Perl core uses the |
|
4185
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* mutex, but it is possible for code from, say XS, to not use this mutex, |
|
4186
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* defeating the safety. |
|
4187
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
4188
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* getenv() returns, in some implementations, a pointer to a spot in the |
|
4189
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* **environ array, which could be invalidated at any time by this or |
|
4190
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* another thread changing the environment. Other implementations copy the |
|
4191
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* **environ value to a static buffer, returning a pointer to that. That |
|
4192
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* buffer might or might not be invalidated by a getenv() call in another |
|
4193
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* thread. If it does get zapped, we need an exclusive lock. Otherwise, |
|
4194
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* many getenv() calls can safely be running simultaneously, so a |
|
4195
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* many-reader (but no simultaneous writers) lock is ok. There is a |
|
4196
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Configure probe to see if another thread destroys the buffer, and the |
|
4197
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* mutex is defined accordingly. |
|
4198
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
4199
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* But in all cases, using the mutex prevents these problems, as long as |
|
4200
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* all code uses the same mutex. |
|
4201
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
4202
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* A complication is that this can be called during phases where the |
|
4203
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* mortalization process isn't available. These are in interpreter |
|
4204
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* destruction or early in construction. khw believes that at these times |
|
4205
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* there shouldn't be anything else going on, so plain getenv is safe AS |
|
4206
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* LONG AS the caller acts on the return before calling it again. */ |
|
4207
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4208
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
char * ret; |
|
4209
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dTHX; |
|
4210
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4211
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_MORTAL_GETENV; |
|
4212
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4213
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Can't mortalize without stacks. khw believes that no other threads |
|
4214
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* should be running, so no need to lock things, and this may be during a |
|
4215
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* phase when locking isn't even available */ |
|
4216
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (UNLIKELY(PL_scopestack_ix == 0)) { |
|
4217
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return getenv(str); |
|
4218
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
4219
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4220
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef PERL_MEM_LOG |
|
4221
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4222
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* A major complication arises under PERL_MEM_LOG. When that is active, |
|
4223
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* every memory allocation may result in logging, depending on the value of |
|
4224
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* ENV{PERL_MEM_LOG} at the moment. That means, as we create the SV for |
|
4225
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* saving ENV{foo}'s value (but before saving it), the logging code will |
|
4226
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* call us recursively to find out what ENV{PERL_MEM_LOG} is. Without some |
|
4227
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* care that could lead to: 1) infinite recursion; or 2) deadlock (trying to |
|
4228
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* lock a boolean mutex recursively); 3) destroying the getenv() static |
|
4229
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* buffer; or 4) destroying the temporary created by this for the copy |
|
4230
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* causes a log entry to be made which could cause a new temporary to be |
|
4231
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* created, which will need to be destroyed at some point, leading to an |
|
4232
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* infinite loop. |
|
4233
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
4234
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* The solution adopted here (after some gnashing of teeth) is to detect |
|
4235
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* the recursive calls and calls from the logger, and treat them specially. |
|
4236
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Let's say we want to do getenv("foo"). We first find |
|
4237
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* getenv(PERL_MEM_LOG) and save it to a fixed-length per-interpreter |
|
4238
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* variable, so no temporary is required. Then we do getenv(foo), and in |
|
4239
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* the process of creating a temporary to save it, this function will be |
|
4240
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* called recursively to do a getenv(PERL_MEM_LOG). On the recursed call, |
|
4241
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* we detect that it is such a call and return our saved value instead of |
|
4242
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* locking and doing a new getenv(). This solves all of problems 1), 2), |
|
4243
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* and 3). Because all the getenv()s are done while the mutex is locked, |
|
4244
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* the state cannot have changed. To solve 4), we don't create a temporary |
|
4245
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* when this is called from the logging code. That code disposes of the |
|
4246
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* return value while the mutex is still locked. |
|
4247
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
4248
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* The value of getenv(PERL_MEM_LOG) can be anything, but only initial |
|
4249
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* digits and 3 particular letters are significant; the rest are ignored by |
|
4250
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* the memory logging code. Thus the per-interpreter variable only needs |
|
4251
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* to be large enough to save the significant information, the size of |
|
4252
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* which is known at compile time. The first byte is extra, reserved for |
|
4253
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* flags for our use. To protect against overflowing, only the reserved |
|
4254
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* byte, as many digits as don't overflow, and the three letters are |
|
4255
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* stored. |
|
4256
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
4257
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* The reserved byte has two bits: |
|
4258
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* 0x1 if set indicates that if we get here, it is a recursive call of |
|
4259
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* getenv() |
|
4260
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* 0x2 if set indicates that the call is from the logging code. |
|
4261
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
4262
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* If the flag indicates this is a recursive call, just return the stored |
|
4263
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* value of PL_mem_log; An empty value gets turned into NULL. */ |
|
4264
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (strEQ(str, "PERL_MEM_LOG") && PL_mem_log[0] & 0x1) { |
|
4265
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (PL_mem_log[1] == '\0') { |
|
4266
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return NULL; |
|
4267
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} else { |
|
4268
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return PL_mem_log + 1; |
|
4269
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
4270
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
4271
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4272
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
4273
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4274
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GETENV_LOCK; |
|
4275
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4276
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef PERL_MEM_LOG |
|
4277
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4278
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Here we are in a critical section. As explained above, we do our own |
|
4279
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* getenv(PERL_MEM_LOG), saving the result safely. */ |
|
4280
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ret = getenv("PERL_MEM_LOG"); |
|
4281
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (ret == NULL) { /* No logging active */ |
|
4282
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4283
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Return that immediately if called from the logging code */ |
|
4284
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (PL_mem_log[0] & 0x2) { |
|
4285
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GETENV_UNLOCK; |
|
4286
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return NULL; |
|
4287
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
4288
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4289
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PL_mem_log[1] = '\0'; |
|
4290
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
4291
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
else { |
|
4292
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
char *mem_log_meat = PL_mem_log + 1; /* first byte reserved */ |
|
4293
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4294
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* There is nothing to prevent the value of PERL_MEM_LOG from being an |
|
4295
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* extremely long string. But we want only a few characters from it. |
|
4296
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* PL_mem_log has been made large enough to hold just the ones we need. |
|
4297
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* First the file descriptor. */ |
|
4298
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (isDIGIT(*ret)) { |
|
4299
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const char * s = ret; |
|
4300
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (UNLIKELY(*s == '0')) { |
|
4301
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4302
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Reduce multiple leading zeros to a single one. This is to |
|
4303
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* allow the caller to change what to do with leading zeros. */ |
|
4304
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*mem_log_meat++ = '0'; |
|
4305
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
s++; |
|
4306
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while (*s == '0') { |
|
4307
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
s++; |
|
4308
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
4309
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
4310
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4311
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If the input overflows, copy just enough for the result to also |
|
4312
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* overflow, plus 1 to make sure */ |
|
4313
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while (isDIGIT(*s) && s < ret + TYPE_DIGITS(UV) + 1) { |
|
4314
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*mem_log_meat++ = *s++; |
|
4315
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
4316
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
4317
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4318
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Then each of the four significant characters */ |
|
4319
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (strchr(ret, 'm')) { |
|
4320
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*mem_log_meat++ = 'm'; |
|
4321
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
4322
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (strchr(ret, 's')) { |
|
4323
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*mem_log_meat++ = 's'; |
|
4324
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
4325
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (strchr(ret, 't')) { |
|
4326
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*mem_log_meat++ = 't'; |
|
4327
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
4328
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (strchr(ret, 'c')) { |
|
4329
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*mem_log_meat++ = 'c'; |
|
4330
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
4331
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*mem_log_meat = '\0'; |
|
4332
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4333
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(mem_log_meat < PL_mem_log + sizeof(PL_mem_log)); |
|
4334
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
4335
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4336
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If we are being called from the logger, it only needs the significant |
|
4337
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* portion of PERL_MEM_LOG, and doesn't need a safe copy */ |
|
4338
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (PL_mem_log[0] & 0x2) { |
|
4339
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(strEQ(str, "PERL_MEM_LOG")); |
|
4340
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GETENV_UNLOCK; |
|
4341
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return PL_mem_log + 1; |
|
4342
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
4343
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4344
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Here is a generic getenv(). This could be a getenv("PERL_MEM_LOG") that |
|
4345
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* is coming from other than the logging code, so it should be treated the |
|
4346
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* same as any other getenv(), returning the full value, not just the |
|
4347
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* significant part, and having its value saved. Set the flag that |
|
4348
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* indicates any call to this routine will be a recursion from here */ |
|
4349
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PL_mem_log[0] = 0x1; |
|
4350
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4351
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
4352
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4353
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Now get the value of the real desired variable, and save a copy */ |
|
4354
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ret = getenv(str); |
|
4355
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4356
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (ret != NULL) { |
|
4357
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ret = SvPVX( newSVpvn_flags(ret, strlen(ret) ,SVs_TEMP) ); |
|
4358
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
4359
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4360
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GETENV_UNLOCK; |
|
4361
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4362
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef PERL_MEM_LOG |
|
4363
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4364
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Clear the buffer */ |
|
4365
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Zero(PL_mem_log, sizeof(PL_mem_log), char); |
|
4366
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4367
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
4368
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4369
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return ret; |
|
4370
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
4371
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4372
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE bool |
|
4373
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_sv_isbool(pTHX_ const SV *sv) |
|
4374
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
4375
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_UNUSED_CONTEXT; |
|
4376
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return SvBoolFlagsOK(sv) && BOOL_INTERNALS_sv_isbool(sv); |
|
4377
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
4378
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4379
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef USE_ITHREADS |
|
4380
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4381
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE AV * |
|
4382
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_cop_file_avn(pTHX_ const COP *cop) { |
|
4383
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4384
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_COP_FILE_AVN; |
|
4385
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4386
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const char *file = CopFILE(cop); |
|
4387
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (file) { |
|
4388
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GV *gv = gv_fetchfile_flags(file, strlen(file), GVF_NOADD); |
|
4389
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (gv) { |
|
4390
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return GvAVn(gv); |
|
4391
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
4392
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
else |
|
4393
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return NULL; |
|
4394
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
4395
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
else |
|
4396
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return NULL; |
|
4397
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
4398
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4399
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
4400
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4401
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE PADNAME * |
|
4402
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_padname_refcnt_inc(PADNAME *pn) |
|
4403
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
4404
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PadnameREFCNT(pn)++; |
|
4405
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return pn; |
|
4406
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
4407
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4408
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE PADNAMELIST * |
|
4409
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_padnamelist_refcnt_inc(PADNAMELIST *pnl) |
|
4410
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
4411
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PadnamelistREFCNT(pnl)++; |
|
4412
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return pnl; |
|
4413
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
4414
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4415
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* copy a string to a safe spot */ |
|
4416
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4417
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
4418
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc_section $string |
|
4419
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc savepv |
|
4420
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc_item savepvn |
|
4421
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc_item savepvs |
|
4422
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc_item savesvpv |
|
4423
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc_item savesharedpv |
|
4424
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc_item savesharedpvn |
|
4425
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc_item savesharedpvs |
|
4426
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc_item savesharedsvpv |
|
4427
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4428
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl's version of C (or C would be if it existed). |
|
4429
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4430
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
These each return a pointer to a newly allocated string which is a duplicate of |
|
4431
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
the input string. |
|
4432
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4433
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The forms differ in how the string to be copied is specified, and where the new |
|
4434
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
memory is allocated from. |
|
4435
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4436
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To prevent memory leaks, the memory allocated for the new string needs to be |
|
4437
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
freed when no longer needed. This can be done with the C> |
|
4438
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
function, or L|perlguts/SAVEFREEPV(p)>. |
|
4439
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4440
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The forms whose names contain C differ from the corresponding form |
|
4441
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
without that in its name, only in that the memory in the former comes from |
|
4442
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
memory shared between threads. This is needed, because on some platforms, |
|
4443
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Windows for example, all allocated memory owned by a thread is deallocated when |
|
4444
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
that thread ends. So if you need that not to happen, you need to use the |
|
4445
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
shared memory forms. |
|
4446
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4447
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The string to copy in C is a C language string literal surrounded by |
|
4448
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
double quotes. |
|
4449
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4450
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The string to copy in the forms whose name contains C comes from the PV |
|
4451
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in the SV argument C, using C |
|
4452
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4453
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The string to copy in the remaining forms comes from the C argument. |
|
4454
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4455
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In the case of C, the size of the string is determined by C, |
|
4456
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
which means it may not contain embedded C characters, and must have a |
|
4457
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
trailing C. |
|
4458
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4459
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In the case of C, C gives the length of C, hence it may |
|
4460
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
contain embedded C characters. The copy will be guaranteed to have a |
|
4461
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
trailing NUL added if not already present. |
|
4462
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4463
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=cut |
|
4464
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/ |
|
4465
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4466
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE char * |
|
4467
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_savepv(pTHX_ const char *pv) |
|
4468
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
4469
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_UNUSED_CONTEXT; |
|
4470
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!pv) |
|
4471
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return NULL; |
|
4472
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
else { |
|
4473
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
char *newaddr; |
|
4474
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const STRLEN pvlen = strlen(pv)+1; |
|
4475
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Newx(newaddr, pvlen, char); |
|
4476
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (char*)memcpy(newaddr, pv, pvlen); |
|
4477
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
4478
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
4479
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4480
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* same thing but with a known length */ |
|
4481
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4482
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE char * |
|
4483
|
0
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_savepvn(pTHX_ const char *pv, Size_t len) |
|
4484
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
4485
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
char *newaddr; |
|
4486
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_UNUSED_CONTEXT; |
|
4487
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4488
|
0
|
|
|
|
|
|
Newx(newaddr,len+1,char); |
|
4489
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Give a meaning to NULL pointer mainly for the use in sv_magic() */ |
|
4490
|
0
|
0
|
|
|
|
|
if (pv) { |
|
4491
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* might not be null terminated */ |
|
4492
|
0
|
|
|
|
|
|
newaddr[len] = '\0'; |
|
4493
|
0
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (char *) CopyD(pv,newaddr,len,char); |
|
4494
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
4495
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
else { |
|
4496
|
0
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (char *) ZeroD(newaddr,len+1,char); |
|
4497
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
4498
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
4499
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE char * |
|
4501
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_savesvpv(pTHX_ SV *sv) |
|
4502
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
4503
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
STRLEN len; |
|
4504
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const char * const pv = SvPV_const(sv, len); |
|
4505
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
char *newaddr; |
|
4506
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4507
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SAVESVPV; |
|
4508
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4509
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
++len; |
|
4510
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Newx(newaddr,len,char); |
|
4511
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (char *) CopyD(pv,newaddr,len,char); |
|
4512
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
4513
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4514
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE char * |
|
4515
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_savesharedsvpv(pTHX_ SV *sv) |
|
4516
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
4517
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
STRLEN len; |
|
4518
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const char * const pv = SvPV_const(sv, len); |
|
4519
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4520
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SAVESHAREDSVPV; |
|
4521
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4522
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return savesharedpvn(pv, len); |
|
4523
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
4524
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4525
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef PERL_GET_CONTEXT_DEFINED |
|
4526
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4527
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
4528
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc_section $embedding |
|
4529
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc get_context |
|
4530
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4531
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Implements L>, which you should use instead. |
|
4532
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4533
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=cut |
|
4534
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/ |
|
4535
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4536
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE void * |
|
4537
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_get_context(void) |
|
4538
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
4539
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# if defined(USE_ITHREADS) |
|
4540
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# ifdef OLD_PTHREADS_API |
|
4541
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pthread_addr_t t; |
|
4542
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int error = pthread_getspecific(PL_thr_key, &t); |
|
4543
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (error) |
|
4544
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_croak_nocontext("panic: pthread_getspecific, error=%d", error); |
|
4545
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (void*)t; |
|
4546
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# elif defined(I_MACH_CTHREADS) |
|
4547
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (void*)cthread_data(cthread_self()); |
|
4548
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# else |
|
4549
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (void*)PTHREAD_GETSPECIFIC(PL_thr_key); |
|
4550
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# endif |
|
4551
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# else |
|
4552
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (void*)NULL; |
|
4553
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# endif |
|
4554
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
4555
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4556
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
4557
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4558
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE MGVTBL* |
|
4559
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_get_vtbl(pTHX_ int vtbl_id) |
|
4560
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
4561
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_UNUSED_CONTEXT; |
|
4562
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4563
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (vtbl_id < 0 || vtbl_id >= magic_vtable_max) |
|
4564
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
? NULL : (MGVTBL*)PL_magic_vtables + vtbl_id; |
|
4565
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
4566
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4567
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
4568
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc_section $string |
|
4569
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc my_strlcat |
|
4570
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4571
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The C library C if available, or a Perl implementation of it. |
|
4572
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This operates on C C-terminated strings. |
|
4573
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4574
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C appends string C to the end of C. It will append at |
|
4575
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
most S> bytes. It will then C-terminate, |
|
4576
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
unless C is 0 or the original C string was longer than C (in |
|
4577
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
practice this should not happen as it means that either C is incorrect or |
|
4578
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
that C is not a proper C-terminated string). |
|
4579
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4580
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note that C is the full size of the destination buffer and |
|
4581
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
the result is guaranteed to be C-terminated if there is room. Note that |
|
4582
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
room for the C should be included in C. |
|
4583
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4584
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The return value is the total length that C would have if C is |
|
4585
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
sufficiently large. Thus it is the initial length of C plus the length of |
|
4586
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C. If C is smaller than the return, the excess was not appended. |
|
4587
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4588
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=cut |
|
4589
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4590
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Description stolen from http://man.openbsd.org/strlcat.3 |
|
4591
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/ |
|
4592
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef HAS_STRLCAT |
|
4593
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE Size_t |
|
4594
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_my_strlcat(char *dst, const char *src, Size_t size) |
|
4595
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
4596
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Size_t used, length, copy; |
|
4597
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4598
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
used = strlen(dst); |
|
4599
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
length = strlen(src); |
|
4600
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (size > 0 && used < size - 1) { |
|
4601
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
copy = (length >= size - used) ? size - used - 1 : length; |
|
4602
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
memcpy(dst + used, src, copy); |
|
4603
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dst[used + copy] = '\0'; |
|
4604
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
4605
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return used + length; |
|
4606
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
4607
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
4608
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4609
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4610
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
4611
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=for apidoc my_strlcpy |
|
4612
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4613
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The C library C if available, or a Perl implementation of it. |
|
4614
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This operates on C C-terminated strings. |
|
4615
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4616
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C copies up to S> bytes from the string C |
|
4617
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
to C, C-terminating the result if C is not 0. |
|
4618
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4619
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The return value is the total length C would be if the copy completely |
|
4620
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
succeeded. If it is larger than C, the excess was not copied. |
|
4621
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4622
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=cut |
|
4623
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4624
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Description stolen from http://man.openbsd.org/strlcpy.3 |
|
4625
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/ |
|
4626
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef HAS_STRLCPY |
|
4627
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERL_STATIC_INLINE Size_t |
|
4628
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perl_my_strlcpy(char *dst, const char *src, Size_t size) |
|
4629
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
4630
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Size_t length, copy; |
|
4631
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4632
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
length = strlen(src); |
|
4633
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (size > 0) { |
|
4634
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
copy = (length >= size) ? size - 1 : length; |
|
4635
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
memcpy(dst, src, copy); |
|
4636
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dst[copy] = '\0'; |
|
4637
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
4638
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return length; |
|
4639
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
4640
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif |
|
4641
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4642
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
4643
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* ex: set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 et: |
|
4644
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/ |